{"title":"Gate Hinges","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm","title":"Small Machined Weld-On Bullet Hinge 110mm x 20mm, Lift-Off, Bright Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small, neat weld-on hinge for light steel gates, doors and lids.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 110mm bullet hinge is turned from solid steel in two halves: the bottom half carries a 12mm pin and welds to the post or frame, the top half welds to the gate or door and drops over the pin. At just 20mm across it tucks into the gap between slim box section and flat bar, and once painted it all but disappears. The gate or door lifts straight off the pin when you need to take it down. The price is for one hinge (both halves), minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/small-machined-bullet-hinge-110mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 110mm small machined bullet hinge: 111mm long, 20mm across, two 55mm halves, 12mm pin 21mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a small machined bullet hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid, not pressed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both halves are machined from solid steel bar with a turned 12mm pin, so the pin runs true in its bore and the hinge does not rock or rattle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim.\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm across, sized for 25mm to 40mm box section and flat-bar gates, where a bigger barrel would look clumsy or stand proud.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates, doors and lids lift off for painting or repairs and drop back on with no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOil point built in.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 6mm hole through the domed top end lets you oil the pin without taking anything apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, uncoated steel takes a clean weld with no plating to grind off first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight steel garden and side gates, railing and pedestrian gates, bin store and meter cupboard doors, steel cabinet and enclosure doors, trailer and toolbox lids, dog runs, animal pens and general fabrication where a small, strong hidden pivot is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (top and bottom half), minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on bullet hinge, lift-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e111mm (two 55mm halves)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm across, 21mm long, domed tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOiling hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm, through the top end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined mild steel, bright, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich machined hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, doors and lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 110mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/medium-machined-hinge-170mm-x-20mm\"\u003eMedium hinge 170mm with grease nipple\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, side and driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003eMachined hinge 150 x 30mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003eHeavy barrel hinge 170mm with ball bearing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate or door, one near the top and one near the bottom; add a third on a tall door. Stand the gate in the opening on packers with an even gap at the hinge side. Put the two halves of each hinge together, pin end down, and hold the barrel in the corner between the gate stile and the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, then tack the bottom halves to the post and the top halves to the gate. Lift the gate off to check it swings freely, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint and keep the heat short on such a small barrel. Let it cool, then add a few drops of oil through the hole in the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint the barrel with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint and the oiling hole. Oil twice a year so the gate stays quiet and does not wear the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge in two halves. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates or doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it strong enough for a driveway gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for light gates, doors and lids. For driveway gates choose the 150 x 30mm machined hinge or the heavy barrel hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt it on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made to be welded. For a bolt-on fixing see our adjustable gate hinges with back plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe half with the pin goes at the bottom, on the post. The gate half, with the oiling hole on top, drops over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is bright bare steel, so paint it with the gate after welding. The rubbing faces stay oiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58010837811587,"sku":"SSHF-896707-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/small-machined-bullet-hinge-110mm-welded-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794017268"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm","title":"Machined Weld-On Bullet Gate Hinge 150mm x 30mm, Lift-Off, Bright Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, strong weld-on hinge for steel gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 150mm bullet hinge is turned from solid steel in two halves: the bottom half carries an 18.5mm pin and welds to the post, the top half welds to the gate and drops over the pin. Once painted it disappears into the gate line, with nothing to bolt, adjust or work loose, and the gate lifts straight off the pin when you need to take it down. The price is for one hinge (both halves), minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/machined-bullet-hinge-150mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 150mm machined bullet hinge: 149mm long, 30mm across, two 74mm halves, 18.5mm pin 23mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a machined bullet hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid, not pressed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both halves are machined from solid steel bar with a turned pin, so the pin runs true in its bore and the hinge does not rock or rattle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain round barrel with domed ends, no straps or bolts on show. It suits ornamental railings and modern flat-bar gates alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts off for painting, repairs or wide deliveries, and drops back on with no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright, uncoated steel takes a clean weld with no plating to grind off first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden, side and driveway gates, railing gates and pedestrian gates, metal doors on bin stores and plant rooms, steel shutters, trailer gates and tailboards, and fabrication work where a strong hidden pivot is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (top and bottom half), minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on bullet hinge, lift-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149mm (two 74mm halves)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5mm across, 23mm long, domed tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOiling hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm, in the top half\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined mild steel, bright, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich machined hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, doors and lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm\"\u003eSmall machined hinge, 110mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden and side gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/medium-machined-hinge-170mm-x-20mm\"\u003eMedium hinge 170mm with grease nipple\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, side and driveway gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 150mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate you want to adjust after hanging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003eAdjustable barrel hinge 170mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Stand the gate in the opening on packers with an even gap at the hinge side. Put the two halves of each hinge together, pin end down, and hold the barrel in the corner between the gate stile and the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, then tack the bottom halves to the post and the top halves to the gate. Lift the gate off to check it swings freely, then weld out fully. Keep weld spatter out of the joint, let it cool, and add a few drops of oil through the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint the barrel with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint. Oil through the hole twice a year so the gate stays quiet and does not wear the pin. If the gate drops over the years, a hardened washer between the halves lifts it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge in two halves. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt it on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made to be welded. For a bolt-on fixing see our adjustable gate hinges with back plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe half with the pin goes at the bottom, on the post. The gate half drops over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is bright bare steel, so paint it with the gate after welding. The rubbing faces stay oiled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on both left and right hand gates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is the same either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58010836599171,"sku":"SSHF-995011-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/machined-bullet-hinge-150mm-welded-on-gate.jpg?v=1794013376"},{"product_id":"compact-adjustable-90-degree-hinge-for-gates","title":"Adjustable 90 Degree Gate Hinge Set for 50mm Frames, Aluminium, Gates up to 120kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact pair of adjustable 90 degree hinges for gates with a 50mm frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e They are extruded aluminium with plastic covers, adjust 15mm in width and 25mm in depth, and carry a gate up to 2500mm wide and 120kg. The set includes a top hinge, a bottom hinge and a gate plug for a 50mm frame. The price is for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm gate frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtruded aluminium with plastic covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm width, 25mm depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax gate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax gate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft and right turning gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop hinge, bottom hinge and gate plug for a 50mm frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy it works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e 15mm of width and 25mm of depth adjustment let you square the gate up once it is hung.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTidy and compact.\u003c\/strong\u003e The covers hide the fixings for a neat look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium does not rust, so it suits outdoor gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveway and garden gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial and site gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading existing gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it works with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for 50mm gate frames, on gates up to 2500mm wide and 120kg. Check the weight of your gate before ordering, or call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the top and bottom hinges to the post and gate frame, hang the gate and use the width and depth adjustment to set it square. Stay within the 2500mm width and 120kg weight limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the set has one top and one bottom hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat weight of gate will it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 120kg, on a gate up to 2500mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit left and right hand gates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow far does it open?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a 90 degree hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995772920195,"sku":"SSHF-263107-01","price":130.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-90-degree-gate-hinge-set-for-50mm-frames-aluminium-in-use.jpg?v=1794140712"},{"product_id":"premium-spring-hinge-for-40mm-gates","title":"Self-Closing Spring Hinge Set for 40mm Box Section Gates, 130mm Bolt, 75kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hidden self-closing hinge set for gates built from 40mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each slim spring body slides into the end of the gate's 40 x 40mm hanging stile, one at the top and one at the bottom, so the closing mechanism is out of sight. A stainless cranked M12 hinge bolt, 130mm long, comes out of each end and passes through the post, where nuts either side set the gap. The springs swing the gate shut by themselves, and the tension adjusts with a 3mm Allen key. Reversible for left or right hand gates and rated for gates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg. The price is for one set: a top and a bottom unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-130mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the spring hinge set for 40mm box section: 143mm spring body 34 x 34mm, M12 hinge bolt 130mm through the post\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-closing and out of sight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The springs live inside the gate stile, so the gate closes itself without a visible closer arm or spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3mm Allen key sets how firmly the gate closes, from a gentle swing to a positive latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 130mm bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e Suits standard posts with a neat, short projection; choose the 150mm version for wider posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEither hand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same set fits left and right hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchool, nursery and playground gates, pool fence gates, pedestrian gates in mesh and bar fencing, and garden and side gates made from 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne set: a top unit and a bottom unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo spring bodies, two cranked M12 hinge bolts with nuts and washers, two caps, Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e143mm long, 34 x 34mm, slides into the gate stile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12, 130mm, stainless finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate stile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section, wall up to 2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1300mm wide and 75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable with a 3mm Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.10 kg the set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich spring hinge set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, 130mm bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, longer 150mm bolt for wider posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-spring-hinge-40mm-box-section\"\u003eSpring hinge set, 150mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA screw-on self-closing hinge for any frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for tube-and-clamp railings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge sets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the gate stile is 40 x 40mm with a wall no thicker than 2mm and open at both ends. Drill the post for the hinge bolts at the top and bottom of the stile. Slide a spring body into each end of the stile, fit the hinge bolts through the post with a nut and washer each side, and hang the gate. Set the gap with the nuts, then use the Allen key to set the spring tension so the gate closes fully, and fit the caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the nuts are tight and the gate still closes fully each spring. Re-tension the springs if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One set has a top unit and a bottom unit, enough to hang one gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly gates whose hanging stile is 40 x 40mm box section with a wall up to 2mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The set is reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995694408067,"sku":"SSHF-885699-01","price":113.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-130mm-on-school-gate.jpg?v=1794055339"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-spring-hinge-40mm-box-section","title":"Self-Closing Spring Hinge Set for 40mm Box Section Gates, 150mm Bolt, 75kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hidden self-closing hinge set for gates built from 40mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each slim spring body slides into the end of the gate's 40 x 40mm hanging stile, one at the top and one at the bottom, so the closing mechanism is out of sight. A stainless cranked M12 hinge bolt, 150mm long, comes out of each end and passes through the post, where nuts either side set the gap. The springs swing the gate shut by themselves, and the tension adjusts with a 3mm Allen key. Reversible for left or right hand gates and rated for gates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg. The price is for one set: a top and a bottom unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-150mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the spring hinge set for 40mm box section: 143mm spring body 34 x 34mm, M12 hinge bolt 150mm through the post\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-closing and out of sight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The springs live inside the gate stile, so the gate closes itself without a visible closer arm or spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3mm Allen key sets how firmly the gate closes, from a gentle swing to a positive latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong 150mm bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reaches through wider posts and leaves more thread for setting the gap than the 130mm version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEither hand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same set fits left and right hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchool, nursery and playground gates, pool fence gates, pedestrian gates in mesh and bar fencing, and garden and side gates made from 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne set: a top unit and a bottom unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo spring bodies, two cranked M12 hinge bolts with nuts and washers, two caps, Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e143mm long, 34 x 34mm, slides into the gate stile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12, 150mm, stainless finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate stile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 40mm box section, wall up to 2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1300mm wide and 75kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable with a 3mm Allen key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.13 kg the set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich spring hinge set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, longer 150mm bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box-section gate, 130mm bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-spring-hinge-for-40mm-gates\"\u003eSpring hinge set, 130mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA screw-on self-closing hinge for any frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for tube-and-clamp railings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge sets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the gate stile is 40 x 40mm with a wall no thicker than 2mm and open at both ends. Drill the post for the hinge bolts at the top and bottom of the stile. Slide a spring body into each end of the stile, fit the hinge bolts through the post with a nut and washer each side, and hang the gate. Set the gap with the nuts, then use the Allen key to set the spring tension so the gate closes fully, and fit the caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the nuts are tight and the gate still closes fully each spring. Re-tension the springs if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One set has a top unit and a bottom unit, enough to hang one gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly gates whose hanging stile is 40 x 40mm box section with a wall up to 2mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The set is reversible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates up to 1300mm wide and 75kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995656069507,"sku":"SSHF-670979-01","price":119.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/spring-hinge-set-40mm-box-section-150mm-on-school-gate.jpg?v=1794055313"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-3d-hinge-for-gates","title":"Concealed 3D Adjustable Gate Hinge for Square Tube Profiles, Ball Bearing, 160kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy-duty concealed hinge for modern gates and doors made from square or rectangular tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ball-bearing hinge body sits in the gap between post and gate, while its slotted leg plates fix inside the post profile and a compact bracket fixes to the gate profile, so almost nothing shows from the outside. It adjusts in three directions after hanging, opens to about 105 degrees and carries gates and doors up to 160kg. Fixing is with M8 screws, counter plates and rivet nuts, with no welding. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/concealed-3d-adjustable-gate-hinge-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the concealed 3D adjustable gate hinge: 153mm overall, 45 x 28mm slotted leg plates, 50 x 35mm body 30mm deep, 50 x 25mm gate bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clean, modern look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hinge hides in the joint between post and gate, so contemporary slatted and panel gates keep their clean lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts three ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the gate up or down, in or out and side to side after hanging to get even gaps and a gate that closes sweetly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong ball-bearing pivot.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated for gates and doors up to 160kg and suitable for security and fire doors as well as gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e M8 screws into rivet nuts and counter plates fix it into the tube profiles, keeping powder-coated finishes intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern aluminium and steel slatted gates, pedestrian and side gates in tube frames, security and fire doors in box-section frames, plant room and bin store doors, and anywhere a visible hinge would spoil the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge with fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHinge body with leg plates, gate bracket, counter plates, rivet nuts and M8 screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e153mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinge body\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm high, 35mm wide, 30mm deep, ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 28mm, slotted 12 x 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 25mm, 4mm steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 105 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree directions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates and doors up to 160kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack body, zinc-plated plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.56 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge hidden in the gap between tube post and gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA neat bolt-on hinge that opens 180 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-compact-surface-mounted-hinge\"\u003eCompact 180 degree surface-mounted hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge that closes the gate by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA weld-on 4-way adjustable hinge for steel gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16-110mm\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two or three hinges per gate or door depending on its height and weight. Mark the positions on the post and gate profiles, drill and set the rivet nuts, and fix the leg plates inside the post profile with the M8 screws and counter plates. Fix the brackets to the gate profile, hang the gate on the hinge bodies, then use the three adjusters to set the height, the gap and the side-to-side position before tightening everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the screws are tight each spring. The ball bearings need no routine greasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge with its fixings. Most gates need two, taller or heavier ones three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It fixes with M8 screws, rivet nuts and counter plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow far does it open?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 105 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit round tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for square and rectangular tube profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57988059169155,"sku":"SSHF-479811-01","price":72.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/concealed-3d-adjustable-gate-hinge-on-slatted-gate.jpg?v=1794055072"},{"product_id":"galvanised-gate-hanging-pin","title":"Estate Fencing Gate Hanging Pin, Galvanised, Clamp-On Bracket, Adjustable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA galvanised hanging pin for hanging an estate fencing gate from a standard estate fence post, with no welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hot-dip galvanised channel bracket clamps onto the fence upright with two bolts. Its two cheek plates hold the eye of a long threaded pin on a bolt, and the pin passes through the gate's hanging stile and locks with a nut each side. Turn the nuts to set the gap and bring the gate level, then lock them. The price is for one pin; each gate needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/estate-fencing-gate-hanging-pin-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the estate fencing gate hanging pin: 140mm overall, 17mm threaded pin 100mm to the eye, 60 x 70mm channel bracket with a 42mm channel and 50mm cheek plates\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hanging pin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket clamps to the fence upright and the pin bolts through the gate, so a gate can be hung in the field with spanners alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e Run the nuts along the 100mm of thread to set the gap to the post and level the gate, and re-set it if the post settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFully galvanised.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanised to match galvanised estate fencing and stand up to years outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatches estate fencing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 42mm channel suits the flat-bar uprights used in estate and parkland railings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstate and parkland fencing, field and paddock gates in estate railings, country house drives, park and churchyard railings, and replacing worn gate hangers on existing estate fencing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hanging pin; two hang one gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17mm threaded pin, 100mm from the end to the eye, two hex nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 70mm, 16mm deep, 42mm channel, two clamp bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCheek plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm high, pivot bolt through the eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, hot-dip galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.04 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo hang a gate from estate fencing uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hanging pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA heavy-duty hinge for a timber field gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wooden-gate-hinge-220-x-100mm\"\u003eField gate hinge, 220 x 100mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA long-thread hinge that bolts through a thick post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread adjustable hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA weld-on adjustable hinge for steel gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge\"\u003eAdjustable weld-on gate hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two pins per gate, one near the top rail and one near the bottom rail. Clamp the brackets onto the fence upright at the right heights with the cheek plates facing the gate. Drill the gate's hanging stile to take the pins, pass each pin through with a nut either side, and stand the gate on packers. Fit the eyes between the cheek plates with the pivot bolts, then run the nuts in or out until the gate hangs level with an even gap and lock them hard against the stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pivot bolts once a year and check the clamp bolts and lock nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one pin?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hanging pin with its bracket and nuts. Each gate needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bracket clamps to the post and the pin bolts through the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my estate fencing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bracket channel is 42mm wide, which suits standard flat-bar estate fence uprights. Check your upright before ordering, or call us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side of the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57982564663683,"sku":"SSHF-027651-01","price":24.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/estate-fencing-gate-hanging-pin-on-parkland-gate.jpg?v=1794054864"},{"product_id":"premium-180-spring-hinge","title":"Self-Closing Spring Gate Hinge, 180 Degree, Adjustable Force, Screw-On, Black, Gates to 60kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA self-closing spring hinge that swings a light gate shut on its own, from as far as 180 degrees open.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tough black glass-fibre reinforced housing screws straight onto the faces of the post and gate frame with self-drilling screws, so there is no welding. Set the closing force anywhere from 2 to 7 Nm to suit the gate, and fine-tune the fit with 20mm of height and 20mm of width adjustment after hanging. It works on left and right hand gates and is rated for gates up to 60kg and 1100mm wide. The price is for one hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/self-closing-spring-gate-hinge-180-black-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 180 degree self-closing spring gate hinge: 142mm high, 117mm wide, 52.5mm deep, 20mm height and width adjustment\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCloses the gate every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in spring pulls the gate shut from any angle up to 180 degrees, so pool, garden and play area gates are never left open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable closing force.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set 2 to 7 Nm at the closed position for a gentle or firm close, while the gate still opens with no more than 10 Nm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrews on in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Self-drilling screws go straight into steel or aluminium frames; no welding, drilling templates or bolts through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to last outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass-fibre reinforced housing that will not rust, tested to 500,000 opening cycles and rated from -30 to +60°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwimming pool safety fence gates, garden and side gates, playground and nursery gates, dog and pet enclosures, and any light pedestrian gate that should close itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge with self-drilling screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142mm high, 117mm wide, 52.5mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing from up to 180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosing force\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, 2 to 7 Nm at the closed position; opens with a maximum of 10 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm height and 20mm width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 60kg and 1100mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDurability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTested to 500,000 cycles, -30 to +60°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-fibre reinforced polyamide, black (RAL 9005)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.04 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA self-closing hinge for light gates up to 60kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA plain compact bolt-on hinge, not self-closing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-compact-surface-mounted-hinge\"\u003eCompact 180 degree surface-mounted hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for tube-and-clamp railings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge sets\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA hinge and hydraulic closer for heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand the gate in place on packers with an even gap to the post. Hold the hinge flat across the post and the gate frame and fix it with the self-drilling screws. For taller gates fit a second hinge or a plain hinge lower down. Take the packers out, use the adjusters to set the height and gap, then set the closing force so the gate shuts fully without slamming, and clip the covers on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo greasing needed. Check the screws are tight and the gate still closes fully each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge with its screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it shut a pool gate by itself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Set the closing force high enough for the gate to close and latch from any open position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It fixes with self-drilling screws into steel or aluminium frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It fits left and right turning gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates up to 60kg and 1100mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57980040872323,"sku":"SSHF-296387-01","price":126.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/self-closing-spring-gate-hinge-180-black-on-pool-gate.jpg?v=1794054655"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16-110mm","title":"4-Way Adjustable Gate Hinge with M16 Eyebolt, Weld-On, Zinc Plated, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 4-way adjustable gate hinge with an M16 eyebolt, rated for gates up to 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A U-shaped grip welds to the post and holds the eye of a zinc-plated M16 eyebolt. The bolt passes through a slotted ear plate that screws to a groove plate welded on the gate. After hanging you can move the gate in and out, sideways along a 40mm slot, and up or down, and the same hinge works on left or right hand gates. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-300kg-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 4-way adjustable gate hinge: M16 eyebolt 120mm from pivot to bolt end, 35mm grip, 112 x 50mm slotted ear plate, 68mm groove plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjusts four ways.\u003c\/strong\u003e In and out on the eyebolt nuts, sideways along the slot in the ear plate, up and down in the groove plate, and left or right hand. Set the gate perfectly after hanging and correct it later if the post moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M16 eyebolt and 35mm grip carry pedestrian, side and single driveway gates up to 300kg on two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo left or right hand to stock.\u003c\/strong\u003e One hinge suits both hands of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian, garden and side gates, school and playground gates, and mesh panel gates in box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped grip, M16 eyebolt with hex head, nuts and washers, slotted ear plate, groove plate and clamp plate, screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEyebolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, zinc plated, 120mm from pivot to bolt end, 87mm to the ear plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm wide, 35mm high, 30mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEar plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112mm long, 50mm high, 40mm slot, zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroove plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68mm high, 38mm wide, for gate stiles 40mm and over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich 4-way hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 300kg, M16 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 200kg, M16 eyebolt, 180 degree opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-4-way-adjustment-hinge-eyebolt-m16\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M16, 180 degree\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gates up to 400kg, M20 eyebolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-with-m20-eyebolt\"\u003e4-way adjustable hinge, M20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo welding at all, sold as a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003eBolt-on 180 degree adjustable hinges, pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA gate that closes itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-degree-self-closing-gate-hinge\"\u003e180 degree self-closing hinge and closer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf. Weld the grips to the post and the groove plates to the gate stile, one pair near the top and one near the bottom. Fit the eyebolts in the grips, pass them through the slotted ear plates with a nut and washer either side, and screw the ear plates to the groove plates. Stand the gate on packers, set the height in the groove plates, the sideways position in the slots and the gap with the nuts, then tighten everything. Grind the plating off where you weld and paint the welds afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the eye and check the nuts and screws each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne complete hinge. The minimum order is 6; most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. The same hinge suits both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the grip welds to the post and the groove plate welds to the gate. For a no-weld fixing choose the bolt-on hinge pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57942492447107,"sku":"SSHF-488259-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/four-way-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-300kg-on-mesh-gate.jpg?v=1794054419"},{"product_id":"pre-welded-sprung-gate-hinge-set-48-3mm","title":"Pre-Welded Self-Closing Sprung Gate Hinge Set for 48.3mm Tube Railings, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-made self-closing gate hinge for tube-and-clamp railings on 48.3mm tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The galvanised spring top hinge and bottom pivot come already welded between a 1060mm post tube and a 530mm gate tube, so there is nothing to weld or line up on site. Fit the long tube into your railing as the gate post and the short tube into the gate frame as its hanging stile, using standard 48.3mm clamp fittings. The spring swings the gate shut by itself, and a tension bolt sets how firmly it closes. For light pedestrian gates up to 10kg per spring. The price is for one complete set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sprung-gate-hinge-set-48-3mm-tube-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the pre-welded sprung gate hinge set: 1060mm post tube and 530mm gate tube, both 48.3mm OD, spring barrel and bottom pivot welded between them\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hinge is factory welded to its own post and stile tubes, aligned and ready to clamp into a railing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCloses the gate for you.\u003c\/strong\u003e The spring returns the gate to closed every time, keeping children in playgrounds and people out of plant areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the tension bolt to set how hard the gate closes, then lock it with the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised throughout.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanised tubes and barrel suit outdoor railings, matching galvanised tube and fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchool and nursery playground railings, roof and plant room safety barriers, walkway and platform guard rails, park and sports ground railings, and any tube-and-clamp railing that needs a self-closing access gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne complete set, pre-welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060mm long, 48.3mm outside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530mm long, 48.3mm outside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring barrel top hinge with tension bolt and lock nut, bottom pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 48.3mm tube clamp fittings and tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, up to 10kg per spring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, hot-dip galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 5.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich sprung hinge set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour railing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge set, 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-42-4mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge set, 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare-section steel gates you weld yourself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-self-closing-gate-hinge-set\"\u003eSelf-closing sprung hinge set for square section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the long tube as the gate post: fix it into your railing with 48.3mm clamp fittings, and with a floor or wall flange at the base if it stands on its own. Build the gate frame with the short tube as its hanging stile, joining the rails to it with clamp fittings. Check the gate closes square and level, tighten all the fitting screws, then turn the tension bolt to set the closing force and lock the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the barrel and pivot once a year and check the clamp screws are tight. Do not over-tension the spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the full set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete set: both tubes with the spring top hinge and bottom pivot already welded in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Everything is welded at the factory. You join the tubes into your railing and gate with clamp fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the clamp fittings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use standard 48.3mm tube clamp fittings to suit your railing layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eLight pedestrian gates, up to 10kg per spring. For heavier gates choose a bolt-on hydraulic closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57942269297027,"sku":"SSHF-586563-01","price":120.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sprung-gate-hinge-set-48-3mm-tube-on-playground-railing.jpg?v=1794054228"},{"product_id":"premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-42-4mm-tube","title":"Pre-Welded Self-Closing Sprung Gate Hinge Set for 42.4mm Tube Railings, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-made self-closing gate hinge for tube-and-clamp railings on 42.4mm tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The galvanised spring top hinge and bottom pivot come already welded between a 1060mm post tube and a 530mm gate tube, so there is nothing to weld or line up on site. Fit the long tube into your railing as the gate post and the short tube into the gate frame as its hanging stile, using standard 42.4mm clamp fittings. The spring swings the gate shut by itself, and a tension bolt sets how firmly it closes. For light pedestrian gates up to 10kg per spring. The price is for one complete set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sprung-gate-hinge-set-42-4mm-tube-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the pre-welded sprung gate hinge set: 1060mm post tube and 530mm gate tube, both 42.4mm OD, spring barrel and bottom pivot welded between them\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hinge is factory welded to its own post and stile tubes, aligned and ready to clamp into a railing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCloses the gate for you.\u003c\/strong\u003e The spring returns the gate to closed every time, keeping children in playgrounds and people out of plant areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the tension bolt to set how hard the gate closes, then lock it with the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised throughout.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanised tubes and barrel suit outdoor railings, matching galvanised tube and fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchool and nursery playground railings, roof and plant room safety barriers, walkway and platform guard rails, park and sports ground railings, and any tube-and-clamp railing that needs a self-closing access gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne complete set, pre-welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060mm long, 42.4mm outside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530mm long, 42.4mm outside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring barrel top hinge with tension bolt and lock nut, bottom pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 42.4mm tube clamp fittings and tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, up to 10kg per spring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, hot-dip galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4.60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich sprung hinge set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour railing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge set, 33.7mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pre-welded-sprung-gate-hinge-set-48-3mm\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge set, 48.3mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare-section steel gates you weld yourself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-self-closing-gate-hinge-set\"\u003eSelf-closing sprung hinge set for square section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the long tube as the gate post: fix it into your railing with 42.4mm clamp fittings, and with a floor or wall flange at the base if it stands on its own. Build the gate frame with the short tube as its hanging stile, joining the rails to it with clamp fittings. Check the gate closes square and level, tighten all the fitting screws, then turn the tension bolt to set the closing force and lock the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the barrel and pivot once a year and check the clamp screws are tight. Do not over-tension the spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the full set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete set: both tubes with the spring top hinge and bottom pivot already welded in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Everything is welded at the factory. You join the tubes into your railing and gate with clamp fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the clamp fittings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use standard 42.4mm tube clamp fittings to suit your railing layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eLight pedestrian gates, up to 10kg per spring. For heavier gates choose a bolt-on hydraulic closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57942111584643,"sku":"SSHF-815939-01","price":105.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sprung-gate-hinge-set-42-4mm-tube-on-roof-railing.jpg?v=1794054058"},{"product_id":"premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube","title":"Pre-Welded Self-Closing Sprung Gate Hinge Set for 33.7mm Tube Railings, Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA ready-made self-closing gate hinge for tube-and-clamp railings on 33.7mm tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e The galvanised spring top hinge and bottom pivot come already welded between a 1060mm post tube and a 530mm gate tube, so there is nothing to weld or line up on site. Fit the long tube into your railing as the gate post and the short tube into the gate frame as its hanging stile, using standard 33.7mm clamp fittings. The spring swings the gate shut by itself, and a tension bolt sets how firmly it closes. For light pedestrian gates up to 10kg per spring. The price is for one complete set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the pre-welded sprung gate hinge set: 1060mm post tube and 530mm gate tube, both 33.7mm OD, spring barrel and bottom pivot welded between them\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding on site.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hinge is factory welded to its own post and stile tubes, aligned and ready to clamp into a railing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCloses the gate for you.\u003c\/strong\u003e The spring returns the gate to closed every time, keeping children in playgrounds and people out of plant areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable tension.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the tension bolt to set how hard the gate closes, then lock it with the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanised throughout.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanised tubes and barrel suit outdoor railings, matching galvanised tube and fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSchool and nursery playground railings, roof and plant room safety barriers, walkway and platform guard rails, park and sports ground railings, and any tube-and-clamp railing that needs a self-closing access gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne complete set, pre-welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060mm long, 33.7mm outside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530mm long, 33.7mm outside diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHinges\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpring barrel top hinge with tension bolt and lock nut, bottom pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 33.7mm tube clamp fittings and tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight gates, up to 10kg per spring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, hot-dip galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.84 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich sprung hinge set?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYour railing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.7mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.4mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sprung-gate-hinge-set-42-4mm-tube\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge set, 42.4mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3mm round tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/pre-welded-sprung-gate-hinge-set-48-3mm\"\u003ePre-welded sprung hinge set, 48.3mm tube\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare-section steel gates you weld yourself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-self-closing-gate-hinge-set\"\u003eSelf-closing sprung hinge set for square section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the long tube as the gate post: fix it into your railing with 33.7mm clamp fittings, and with a floor or wall flange at the base if it stands on its own. Build the gate frame with the short tube as its hanging stile, joining the rails to it with clamp fittings. Check the gate closes square and level, tighten all the fitting screws, then turn the tension bolt to set the closing force and lock the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the barrel and pivot once a year and check the clamp screws are tight. Do not over-tension the spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for the full set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete set: both tubes with the spring top hinge and bottom pivot already welded in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Everything is welded at the factory. You join the tubes into your railing and gate with clamp fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the clamp fittings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use standard 33.7mm tube clamp fittings to suit your railing layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate will it close?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eLight pedestrian gates, up to 10kg per spring. For heavier gates choose a bolt-on hydraulic closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57942101918083,"sku":"SSHF-012547-01","price":90.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sprung-gate-hinge-set-33-7mm-tube-on-playground-railing.jpg?v=1794053869"},{"product_id":"premium-compact-surface-mounted-hinge","title":"Compact Surface-Mounted Gate Hinge, 180 Degree, Adjustable, Black, Gates to 60kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat, compact bolt-on hinge for aluminium and light residential gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two smooth black powder-coated aluminium housings bolt flat onto the faces of the post and the gate frame, joined by a barrel turning on a stainless steel axle. The gate swings a full 180 degrees, and once it is hung you can move it 20mm up or down and 15mm in or out to get the gaps right. No welding, no drilling right through the post. Rated for gates up to 1m wide and 60kg. The price is for one hinge; most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/compact-surface-gate-hinge-180-black-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the compact surface-mounted gate hinge: 107mm long, 60mm high, 19mm deep, opens through 180 degrees, 20mm height and 15mm width adjustment\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpens right back.\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 degrees of swing lets the gate fold flat against the fence or wall, so it never blocks a path or drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm of height and 15mm of width adjustment take out uneven gaps and a gate that has settled, without taking it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean, low profile look.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plain black housings stand just 19mm off the frame and suit modern slatted, pool and garden gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium housings and a stainless steel axle will not rust in rain, sea air or pool spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminium slatted and louvred garden gates, pool fence gates, side and pedestrian gates, light steel gates, and bin store and garden enclosure doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e107mm long, 60mm high, 19mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm height, 15mm width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1m wide and 60kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-fix bolts into the face of the post and gate frame, no welding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium housings powder coated black (RAL 9005), stainless steel axle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact bolt-on hinge for light gates up to 60kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA self-closing spring hinge for a pool or garden gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree spring hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable bolt-on hinges for heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-hinge-pair\"\u003e180 degree adjustable hinge pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA heavy-duty 180 degree hinge with bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-180-hinge-1\"\u003eDouble bearing 180 degree hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate, one near the top and one near the bottom. Stand the gate in place on packers with an even gap to the post. Hold each hinge flat across the post and gate frame with its larger housing on the post, mark and drill the fixing holes, and fix with the quick-fix bolts. Take the packers out, then use the adjusters to set the gate level and the gaps even before fitting the covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo greasing needed. Check the fixings are tight each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one hinge. Most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both housings bolt onto the faces of the post and the gate frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It fits left and right opening gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it close the gate by itself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a plain hinge. For a self-closing gate choose a spring hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it carry a heavy steel gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is for gates up to 1m wide and 60kg. For heavier gates use one of the adjustable hinges above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57896491712899,"sku":"SSHF-036931-01","price":39.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/compact-surface-gate-hinge-180-black-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794053628"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-machined-hinge-45mm-x-202mm","title":"Heavy Duty Machined Weld-On Ball End Gate Hinge 220mm x 45mm, Lift-Off, Bare Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavyweight of our machined weld-on hinges, for large steel yard and security gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 220mm hinge is 45mm across and weighs about 2.55 kg. It comes in two halves: the bottom half carries a 25mm pin 45mm long and welds to the post, the top half welds to the gate and drops over the pin. Long weld runs on a thick barrel suit big box section gates and steel beam posts. The price shown is for one hinge (both halves).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/heavy-machined-weld-on-hinge-220x45mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 220 x 45mm heavy ball end hinge: 220mm long, 45mm across, 109mm bottom half, 25mm pin 45mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom half with fixed pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e109mm body, 25mm pin 45mm long. Welds to the post or frame.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop half with socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrops over the pin. Welds to the gate or door.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 25mm pin 45mm long, more than twice the diameter of the pin on our smallest hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong welds.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 220mm barrel, 45mm across, gives long weld runs onto heavy box section and beam posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStated limit of 1000kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The maker publishes a maximum weight limit of 1000kg for this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate lifts off the pin for repairs, with suitable lifting gear for a gate of this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to weld.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bare steel, so there is no plating to grind off first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial yard and compound gates, container yard and depot gates, large security gates, farm and quarry gates and heavy steel doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (top and bottom half)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on machined hinge, lift-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarrel diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottom half\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e109mm, excluding the pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm across, 45mm long, domed tip 12mm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurned ball end and neck, 40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated maximum weight limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined steel, bare, unpainted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.55 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou need\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlimmest, for light gates, doors and lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm\"\u003eSmall bullet hinge 110 x 20mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall ends on a slim 21mm barrel, stated limit 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-machined-hinge-21mm-x-117mm\"\u003eBall end hinge 118 x 21mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlain rounded ends with an oiling hole, 15mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-medium-machined-hinge-130mm-x-24mm\"\u003eMedium hinge 130 x 24mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, side and driveway gates, domed ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003eBullet hinge 150 x 30mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnate finials on a slim 21mm barrel, stated limit 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/professional-machined-hinge-21-x-150mm\"\u003eOrnate finial hinge 154 x 21mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZinc plated, locks with a grease nipple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/medium-machined-hinge-170mm-x-20mm\"\u003eZinc plated hinge 170 x 20mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnate finials on a 25mm barrel, stated limit 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-machined-hinge-25mm-x-170mm\"\u003eOrnate finial hinge 170 x 25mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall bearing and grease nipple, stated limit 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-barrel-hinge-170mm\"\u003eBarrel hinge 170mm with ball bearing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery heavy gates, 45mm barrel, stated limit 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis heavy ball end hinge 220 x 45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate or door, one near the top and one near the bottom; add a third on a tall door. Stand the gate in the opening on packers with an even gap at the hinge side. Put the two halves of each hinge together, pin end down, and hold the barrel in the corner between the gate stile and the post. Check all the hinges are in one vertical line, then tack the bottom halves to the post and the top halves to the gate. Weld each half to one side only, or the gate will not swing. Lift the gate off to check it moves freely, then weld out. A gate of this weight needs lifting gear, and welds sized for the load by a competent fabricator. Keep weld spatter out of the joint, and let it cool before you hang the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint the barrel with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint. There is no oiling point on this hinge, so lift the gate off once or twice a year and grease the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge in two halves. Most gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much weight will it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maker states a maximum weight limit of 1000kg for this size. Weld quality and the steel you weld to decide what the finished hinge will hold, so have a competent fabricator size the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt it on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made to be welded. For a bolt-on fixing see our adjustable gate hinges with back plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich way up does it go?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe half with the pin goes at the bottom, on the post. The top half drops over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the gate be lifted off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it lifts straight off the pin. If it must not lift off, weld a small stop above the gate stile or choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/medium-machined-hinge-170mm-x-20mm\"\u003ezinc plated hinge with the locking grease nipple\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it rust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is bare steel, so paint it with the gate after welding, keeping paint out of the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885525639555,"sku":"SSHF-626435-01","price":28.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/heavy-machined-weld-on-hinge-220x45mm-on-container-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794131631"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-flag-hinge-20mm-x-200mm","title":"Weld-On Flag Hinge 200mm, 19mm Knuckle, 13.5mm Lift-Off Pin, for Tall Steel Doors and Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe long weld-on hinge for tall steel doors and gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 200mm flag hinge has two 19mm steel knuckles on a loose 13.5mm pin, each with a flat leaf (\"flag\") along one side. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate swings on the pin. Pull the pin and the gate lifts off for painting or repair. Bright steel, rated for up to 300kg on a pair. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-20mm-200mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 200mm flag hinge: two 98mm knuckles 19mm across, 27mm across knuckle and leaf, 13.5mm pin, 204mm overall, with the three-size table\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a flag hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat leaves weld easily.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf on each knuckle sits flat on box section or flat bar, giving a long, strong weld instead of a round barrel tacked on its edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off with a loose pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Knock the pin out and the gate or door comes off. Leave it in and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slim knuckles that disappear into the gate line once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong knuckles.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each 98mm knuckle gives a long weld run on the leaf, which keeps tall, heavy doors from racking. Rated for 300kg on a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel doors on plant rooms, substations, workshops and stores, tall side and yard gates, container and shed doors, trailer tailboards and heavy machinery guards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two knuckles, pin and washer), minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e204mm with the pin head, two knuckles of 98mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnuckle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19mm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcross knuckle and leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27mm, leaf 8mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.5mm, loose, with head and washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright mild steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.49 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich flag hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall doors, hatches and light gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-12mm-diameter\"\u003e80mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden gates, side gates and steel doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter\"\u003e120mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTall doors and long gate stiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 200mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round barrel hinge instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003e150mm machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per door or gate leaf, three on very tall doors, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge with its pin and washer, then hold it in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, tack the leaves, swing the gate to check, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint between the knuckles. Let it cool, oil the pin and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of oil at the joint twice a year keeps the hinge quiet and stops the pin wearing. Paint the knuckles with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both knuckles, pin and washer. The minimum order is 6, enough for three doors or gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a flag hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA barrel hinge with a flat leaf, or flag, on each knuckle, so each half welds flat to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take the gate off later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Drive the pin out and lift the gate away. Put the pin back to rehang it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn it over and it works either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885418914179,"sku":"SSHF-609475-01","price":9.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-20mm-200mm-welded-on-steel-door.jpg?v=1794016237"},{"product_id":"premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter","title":"Weld-On Flag Gate Hinge 120mm, 15mm Knuckle, 10mm Lift-Off Pin, 350kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slim, strong weld-on hinge for steel gates and doors.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 120mm flag hinge has two 15mm steel knuckles on a loose 10mm pin, each with a flat leaf (\"flag\") along one side. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate swings on the pin. Pull the pin and the gate lifts off for painting or repair. Bright steel, rated for gates up to 350kg on a pair. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-16mm-120mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 120mm flag hinge: two 56mm knuckles 15mm across, 21mm across knuckle and leaf, 10mm pin, 122mm overall, with the three-size table\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a flag hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat leaves weld easily.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf on each knuckle sits flat on box section or flat bar, giving a long, strong weld instead of a round barrel tacked on its edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off with a loose pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Knock the pin out and the gate or door comes off. Leave it in and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slim knuckles that disappear into the gate line once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 350kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair hangs garden gates, side gates, steel doors and hatches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, railing gates, steel doors on bin stores, plant rooms and sheds, trailer gates and tailboards, cages, kennels and machinery guards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two knuckles, pin and washer), minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e122mm with the pin head, two knuckles of 56mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnuckle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcross knuckle and leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm, leaf 6mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm, loose, with head and washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 350kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright mild steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich flag hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall doors, hatches and light gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-12mm-diameter\"\u003e80mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden gates, side gates and steel doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 120mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTall doors and long gate stiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-20mm-x-200mm\"\u003e200mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round barrel hinge instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-large-machined-hinge-150mm\"\u003e150mm machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf or door, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge with its pin and washer, then hold it in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, tack the leaves, swing the gate to check, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint between the knuckles. Let it cool, oil the pin and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of oil at the joint twice a year keeps the hinge quiet and stops the pin wearing. Paint the knuckles with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both knuckles, pin and washer. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates or doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a flag hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA barrel hinge with a flat leaf, or flag, on each knuckle, so each half welds flat to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take the gate off later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Drive the pin out and lift the gate away. Put the pin back to rehang it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn it over and it works either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885339746691,"sku":"SSHF-642243-01","price":7.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-16mm-120mm-welded-on-gate.jpg?v=1794015935"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-flag-hinge-12mm-diameter","title":"Weld-On Flag Hinge 80mm, 12mm Knuckle, 8mm Lift-Off Pin, for Steel Doors and Hatches","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA small, neat weld-on hinge for light steel doors, hatches and gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 80mm flag hinge has two 12mm steel knuckles on a loose 8mm pin, each with a flat leaf (\"flag\") along one side. Weld the top leaf to the gate and the bottom leaf to the post, and the gate swings on the pin. Pull the pin and the gate lifts off for painting or repair. Bright steel, rated for up to 200kg on a pair. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-12mm-80mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 80mm flag hinge: two 36mm knuckles 12mm across, 16mm across knuckle and leaf, 8mm pin, 78mm overall, with the three-size table\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose a flag hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat leaves weld easily.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf on each knuckle sits flat on box section or flat bar, giving a long, strong weld instead of a round barrel tacked on its edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift-off with a loose pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e Knock the pin out and the gate or door comes off. Leave it in and it cannot be lifted off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slim knuckles that disappear into the gate line once painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall but strong.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair is rated for 200kg, plenty for cabinet doors, hatches, lids and light gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBin store and meter box doors, steel hatches and lids, cabinet and enclosure doors, machinery guards, cages and kennels, trailer lockers and light ornamental gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge (two knuckles, pin and washer), minimum order 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78mm with the pin head, two knuckles of 36mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnuckle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAcross knuckle and leaf\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16mm, leaf 4mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm, loose, with head and washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 200kg on a pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright mild steel, ready to weld\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.07 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich flag hinge?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall doors, hatches and light gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis 80mm hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden gates, side gates and steel doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-flag-hinge-16mm-diameter\"\u003e120mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTall doors and long gate stiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-flag-hinge-20mm-x-200mm\"\u003e200mm flag hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA round barrel hinge instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-small-machined-hinge-110mm\"\u003e110mm machined bullet hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per door, lid or gate, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge with its pin and washer, then hold it in the corner between gate and post, top leaf on the gate and bottom leaf on the post. Check both hinges are in one vertical line, tack the leaves, swing the gate to check, then weld out. Keep weld spatter out of the joint between the knuckles. Let it cool, oil the pin and paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of oil at the joint twice a year keeps the hinge quiet and stops the pin wearing. Paint the knuckles with the gate, keeping paint out of the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both knuckles, pin and washer. The minimum order is 10, enough for five gates or doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a flag hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA barrel hinge with a flat leaf, or flag, on each knuckle, so each half welds flat to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I take the gate off later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Drive the pin out and lift the gate away. Put the pin back to rehang it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn it over and it works either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For fabricators buying in quantity, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885313630595,"sku":"SSHF-806083-01","price":4.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/flag-hinge-12mm-80mm-welded-on-steel-door.jpg?v=1794016085"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-188mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On U Bracket, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge with a one-piece weld-on U bracket, for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M20 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while its eye is pinned inside a U bracket that welds to the gate in one piece. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-u-bracket-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and a U bracket 41mm deep, 40mm high, 30mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece U bracket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket comes ready to weld as a single piece, so there are no loose plates to line up on the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy farm gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, two hex nuts, weld-on U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 135mm of thread, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 9mm thick, 29mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne piece, 41mm deep, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.62 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-188mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 long thread with two separate weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm, weld-on plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread for gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 22mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Pin each U bracket onto its bolt eye, stand the gate on packers, and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the U bracket welds to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103096054147,"sku":"SSHF-428675-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-u-bracket-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794057223"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On Plates, 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest long-thread adjustable gate hinge, for big gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M24 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 45mm deep, 36mm apart, 38mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M24 bolt and 6mm plates carry heavy driveway, estate and industrial gates on two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw, two nylon washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 135mm of thread, 38mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 9mm thick, 35mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm thick, 45mm deep, set 36mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.93 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on a brick or concrete pier, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge on 120mm fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 26mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin and nylon washers, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 700kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 700kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57885278962051,"sku":"SSHF-592515-01","price":35.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-135mm-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794053434"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 x 135mm Thread with Weld-On Plates, Through-Bolt, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge for thick posts and big adjustments.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M16 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 40mm deep, 26mm apart, 32mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 135mm of thread, 32mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 24mm across the flats, 8mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm thick, 40mm deep, set 26mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.42 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same M16 long thread with a one-piece U bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bolt-on plate for the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882214531459,"sku":"SSHF-658051-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794016431"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 x 135mm Long Thread, Weld-On Plates, 500kg, Zinc Plated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge for heavy gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M20 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 40mm deep, 26mm apart, 33mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy farm gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw, two nylon washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 135mm of thread, 33mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 9mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm thick, 40mm deep, set 26mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort M20 bolt with a ready-made bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 22mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin and nylon washers, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882206110083,"sku":"SSHF-756355-01","price":29.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-135mm-thread-on-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794018591"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-188mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On U Bracket, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge with a one-piece weld-on U bracket, for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M18 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while its eye is pinned inside a U bracket that welds to the gate in one piece. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-u-bracket-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and a U bracket 41mm deep, 40mm high, 30mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece U bracket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket comes ready to weld as a single piece, so there are no loose plates to line up on the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry field gates, yard gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, two hex nuts, weld-on U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 135mm of thread, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 8mm thick, 27mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne piece, 41mm deep, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-188mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 long thread with two separate weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm, weld-on plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread for gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 20mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Pin each U bracket onto its bolt eye, stand the gate on packers, and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the U bracket welds to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 400kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 400kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103098478979,"sku":"SSHF-854659-01","price":25.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-u-bracket-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794057195"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On Plates, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M18 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while two small plates weld to the gate above and below its eye and a pin joins them. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, not a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and weld-on plates 40mm deep, 26mm apart, 32mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on plates you place yourself.\u003c\/strong\u003e The two plates are loose, so you can set them exactly where your gate stile needs them before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry field gates, yard gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, two hex nuts, two weld-on plates, pin and screw, two nylon washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 135mm of thread, 32mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 8mm thick, 27mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld-on plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm thick, 40mm deep, set 26mm apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.51 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on a brick or concrete post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge on 90mm fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 20mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Fit the two plates above and below each eye with the pin and nylon washers, stand the gate on packers, and weld the plates to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two, so order two per leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the two plates weld to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 400kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 400kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882153910659,"sku":"SSHF-444483-01","price":23.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-135mm-thread-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794053126"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-185mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 x 135mm Thread, Through-Bolt with Weld-On U Bracket, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA long-thread adjustable gate hinge with a one-piece weld-on U bracket, for gates on thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M16 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through the gate post and is locked by two hex nuts, while its eye is pinned inside a U bracket that welds to the gate in one piece. The long thread reaches through posts up to about 100mm and still leaves plenty to move the gate in or out and level it after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-u-bracket-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread and a U bracket 41mm deep, 40mm high, 30mm eye\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches through big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm and 100mm box-section posts with thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty of adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to set the gap, then lock them. Ideal where a post is out of line or a heavy gate has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne-piece U bracket.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket comes ready to weld as a single piece, so there are no loose plates to line up on the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry side, garden and field gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy gates on large or thick-wall steel posts, timber posts drilled right through, re-hanging gates where the post has moved, and farm and yard gates that need a long reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 eye bolt, two hex nuts, weld-on U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 135mm of thread, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, 8mm thick, 24mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne piece, 41mm deep, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-188mm\"\u003eM18 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU bracket, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-188mm\"\u003eM20 x 135mm, U bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 long thread with two separate weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 x 135mm, weld-on plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread for gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 x 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in a vertical line. Run one nut onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second nut on the far side. Pin each U bracket onto its bolt eye, stand the gate on packers, and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and keeping heat away from the pin. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs level, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check the nuts each spring. Cut off and paint any thread end sticking out into a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for the nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I have to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the U bracket welds to the gate. The bolt goes through the post with no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 300kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 300kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103099265411,"sku":"SSHF-902083-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-135mm-thread-u-bracket-on-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794057156"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with 90 x 90mm Fixing Plate for Gates to 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe mid-weight adjustable gate hinge for brick piers, concrete and timber posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 90 x 90mm zinc-plated plate fixes to the post with four bolts, anchors or coach screws, the M18 eye bolt screws through its raised boss and locks with a nut, and the small U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-90x90-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 90 x 90 x 4mm fixing plate, four 11mm holes at 68mm centres, 40mm thread and 37mm U bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixes to almost anything.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four holes at 68mm centres take masonry anchors in brick or concrete, coach screws in timber or bolts through steel. No welding at the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 90mm square plate spreads the gate's pull across the pier face instead of one hole, so brickwork does not crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen the lock nut, turn the bolt in or out and lock it again to bring a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A step up from the M16 hinge for heavier side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal gates hung on brick piers and walls, gates on concrete posts and pillars, steel gates on timber posts, and replacing old hook-and-band hinges set into brickwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing plate with threaded boss, M18 eye bolt, lock nut, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 90 x 4mm, four 11mm holes at 68mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 40mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37mm deep, 36mm high, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 with 120 x 120mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post and a bolt-on plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm and 115 x 40mm plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through a steel post instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the plates on the pier face in a vertical line and fix each with four M10 anchors (brick or concrete), coach screws (timber) or bolts (steel). Screw the eye bolts in and lock the nuts loosely. Pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and working with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, lock the nuts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year. On brick piers, check the anchors are still tight after the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it to a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what the square plate is for. Use four M10 masonry anchors, keeping them well away from the pier edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose anchors, coach screws or bolts to suit your post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the U bracket to a steel gate. The plate fixes to the post without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882137035139,"sku":"SSHF-950659-01","price":26.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-90x90-plate-on-concrete-post.jpg?v=1794052824"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m16","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16, Bolt-On 80 x 80mm Post Plate and 114 x 39mm Gate Plate, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge that bolts on at both ends, with no welding at all.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 80mm zinc plate fixes to the post or pier with four bolts, and an oval 114 x 39mm back plate fixes to the gate with two. An M16 eye bolt screws through the square plate's threaded boss and is pinned into the bracket on the back plate, so you can turn it to move the gate in or out and lock it with the nut. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-two-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge: oval back plate 114 x 39mm with 2 holes at 73mm centres, square fixing plate 80mm with 4 holes at 55mm centres, 42mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both plates bolt or screw on, so it suits timber gates, brick and rendered piers, concrete and timber posts as well as steel, and you can fit it with ordinary tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the eye bolt in its threaded boss to bring the gate in or out and level it, then lock the nut. No re-drilling when the gate drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Six fixing points across two broad plates hold firmly in softer materials where a single bolt would pull out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden, side and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTimber and steel side gates, garden and pedestrian gates, single driveway gates on brick piers or timber posts, and replacing worn strap hinges where welding is not possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval back plate with bracket, M16 eye bolt, pin and socket cap, hex nut, square fixing plate with threaded boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 114 x 39mm, 2 holes 11mm at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80mm, 4mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 55mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 42mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate face to pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, heavier gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, 100mm fixing plate and back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, weld-on bracket on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 hinge on 80mm fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA nut you weld to a steel post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through the post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge with jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Fix the square plates to the post in a vertical line with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws each, to suit the post. Screw the eye bolts into the plates with the nuts loose. Pin each bolt eye into the bracket on its back plate, stand the gate on packers in position and fix the back plates to the gate stile with two bolts or screws each. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten the nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year and check all fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with both plates. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both plates bolt or screw on. If your gate is steel you can weld the back plate instead if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws per hinge, suited to your post and gate. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 300kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 300kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges, fixed into sound material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882108756355,"sku":"SSHF-016195-01","price":26.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-two-plates-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794018969"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 with 80 x 80mm Fixing Plate for Brick, Concrete or Timber, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for brick piers, concrete and timber posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 80 x 80mm zinc-plated plate fixes to the post with four bolts, anchors or coach screws, the M16 eye bolt screws through its raised boss and locks with a nut, and the small U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-80x80-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 80 x 80 x 4mm fixing plate, four 11mm holes at 55mm centres, 40mm thread and 37mm U bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixes to almost anything.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four holes at 55mm centres take masonry anchors in brick or concrete, coach screws in timber or bolts through steel. No welding at the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 80mm square plate spreads the gate's pull across the pier face instead of one hole, so brickwork does not crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen the lock nut, turn the bolt in or out and lock it again to bring a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal gates hung on brick piers and walls, gates on concrete posts and pillars, steel gates on timber posts, and replacing old hook-and-band hinges set into brickwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing plate with threaded boss, M16 eye bolt, lock nut, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 80 x 4mm, four 11mm holes at 55mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 40mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37mm deep, 36mm high, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 with 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 with 120 x 120mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post and a bolt-on plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm and 115 x 40mm plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through a steel post instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge, jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the plates on the pier face in a vertical line and fix each with four M10 anchors (brick or concrete), coach screws (timber) or bolts (steel). Screw the eye bolts in and lock the nuts loosely. Pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and working with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, lock the nuts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year. On brick piers, check the anchors are still tight after the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it to a brick pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what the square plate is for. Use four M10 masonry anchors, keeping them well away from the pier edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose anchors, coach screws or bolts to suit your post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the U bracket to a steel gate. The plate fixes to the post without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57882038010243,"sku":"SSHF-147267-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-80x80-plate-on-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794014898"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M20 on 100 x 100mm Bolt-On Plate, 30mm Pin, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge that bolts to the post or wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 100mm zinc plate fixes to the post, pier or wall with four bolts. A thick M20 threaded bar runs through it, locked by a nut each side, and ends in a cast block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 30mm round hinge pin on the gate. Move the nuts along the bar to bring the gate in or out and level it, and take the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-100mm-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 wrap-around gate hinge: 130mm overall, 65mm thread, strap for a 30mm pin, 100mm square plate with 4 holes at 75mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding at the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate bolts on, so it suits brick and stone piers, concrete posts, timber posts and walls as well as steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two nuts on a 65mm thread let you move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 30mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that takes the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and yard gates hung on brick piers, concrete or steel posts, farm and industrial gates, and gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBack plate with M20 threaded bar and two nuts, cast block, wrap-around strap, clamp bolt and nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm, 4mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 75mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm, strap to plate face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 30mm round pin (31mm inside), 42mm outside, 58mm long, 35mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich wrap-around hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt to a post or wall, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld a nut to a steel post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavier gates through a post, 35mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 30mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Mark the plate holes on the post in a vertical line and fix each plate with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws to suit the post. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin and fit the clamp bolt. Set the nuts on the bar so the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten both nuts hard against the plate and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 30mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need for the plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws suited to your post or wall. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881936724355,"sku":"SSHF-769859-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m20-100mm-plate-on-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794018272"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with 100 x 100mm Post Plate and 115mm Gate Plate, No Welding, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier adjustable gate hinge that bolts on at both ends, with no welding at all.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 100 x 100mm zinc plate fixes to the post or pier with four bolts, and a 5mm oval 115 x 39mm back plate fixes to the gate with two. An M20 eye bolt screws through the square plate's threaded boss and is pinned into the bracket on the back plate, so you can turn it to move the gate in or out and lock it with the nut. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, not a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-two-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge: oval back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm with 2 holes at 73mm centres, square fixing plate 100 x 100 x 4mm with 4 holes at 75mm centres, 45mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both plates bolt or screw on, so it suits timber gates, brick and rendered piers, concrete and timber posts as well as steel, and you can fit it with ordinary tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the eye bolt in its threaded boss to bring the gate in or out and level it, then lock the nut. No re-drilling when the gate drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e Six fixing points across two broad plates hold firmly in softer materials where a single bolt would pull out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M20 bolt and larger plates carry heavy timber and steel driveway gates on two hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy timber and steel driveway gates, field and yard gates on brick piers, concrete or large timber posts, and replacing worn strap hinges where welding is not possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval back plate with bracket, M20 eye bolt, pin and cap screw, hex nut, square fixing plate with threaded boss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39mm, 5mm thick, 2 holes 11mm at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 x 100mm, 4mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 75mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 45mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate face to pin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.88 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt on at both ends, lighter gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge, 80mm fixing plate and back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, weld-on bracket on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge on 120mm fixing plate, 700kg\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA nut you weld to a steel post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt through the post, back plate on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge with jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Fix the square plates to the post in a vertical line with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws each, to suit the post. Screw the eye bolts into the plates with the nuts loose. Pin each bolt eye into the bracket on its back plate, stand the gate on packers in position and fix the back plates to the gate stile with two bolts or screws each. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten the nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year and check all fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge or a pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne complete hinge with both plates. Most gate leaves need two, so order two per leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Both plates bolt or screw on. If your gate is steel you can weld the back plate instead if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws per hinge, suited to your post and gate. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges, fixed into sound material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881841435011,"sku":"SSHF-802627-01","price":31.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-two-plates-on-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794052634"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 with 120 x 120mm Fixing Plate for Gates to 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavy-duty adjustable gate hinge for brick piers, stone and concrete posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick 120 x 120 x 6mm zinc-plated plate fixes to the post with four bolts, anchors or coach screws. The M24 eye bolt screws through its raised boss and locks with a nut, and the U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-120x120-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with 120 x 120 x 6mm fixing plate, four 11mm holes at 90mm centres, 48mm thread and 44mm U bracket\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e An M24 bolt and a 6mm plate carry driveway and estate gates up to 700kg on two hinges, the largest in this square-plate range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixes to almost anything.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four holes at 90mm centres take masonry anchors in brick, stone or concrete, coach screws in timber or bolts through steel. No welding at the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 120mm square plate spreads the gate's pull across the pier face, so heavy gates do not crack the brickwork around a single fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Loosen the lock nut, turn the bolt in or out and lock it again to bring a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway and estate gates on brick, stone and concrete piers, gates on large timber posts, and replacing old hook-and-band hinges set into masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing plate with threaded boss, M24 eye bolt, lock nut, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 120 x 6mm, four 11mm holes at 90mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 48mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm deep, 49mm high, 35mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate on the post, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 with 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare plate, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrap-around weld-on hinge for gates up to 1000kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m30\"\u003eM30 wrap-around hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into concrete with resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Mark the plates on the pier face in a vertical line and fix each with four M10 anchors (brick, stone or concrete), coach screws (timber) or bolts (steel); for heavy gates use resin anchors well away from the pier edges. Screw the eye bolts in and lock the nuts loosely. Pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first and working with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, lock the nuts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year. On masonry piers, check the anchors are still tight after the first winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fix it to a brick or stone pier?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. That is what the square plate is for. Use four M10 resin or masonry anchors, keeping them well away from the pier edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the wall fixings included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose anchors, coach screws or bolts to suit your post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the U bracket to a steel gate. The plate fixes to the post without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881705185667,"sku":"SSHF-933699-01","price":34.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-120x120-plate-on-stone-pier.jpg?v=1794052366"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 x 140mm Thread with 115 x 39mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A long M18 eye bolt with 140mm of thread goes right through a gate post up to about 100mm wide, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 190mm from the plate face to the bolt end, there is room for big box-section posts and still plenty of adjustment to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with 140mm thread: back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 46mm to the pin, 190mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt to the post wall, so it cannot twist or creep, and you set the gap by moving both nuts along the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 140mm of thread passes through 80mm, 100mm and thick-wall posts with thread to spare for adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 39mm back plate takes two M10 bolts or coach screws, or can be welded to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry heavy side gates, single driveway gates and yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and yard gates on large box-section posts, timber gates hung on steel posts, gates on thick-wall or concrete-filled posts, and replacing short-threaded hinges that will not reach through a new post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 140mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm from plate face to bolt end, 46mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2\"\u003eM20 hinge, 115 x 39mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge, 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort thread on a back plate, lighter gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 with a weld-on bracket instead of a plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 bolt with a long thread and no back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 hinge, 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 20mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Stand the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts along the thread until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check both nuts each spring. Cut off any long thread end that sticks out past the far nut if it is in a walkway, and cap or paint the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving enough thread for both nuts and some adjustment. For thinner posts there is simply more thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt the back plate to a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with two coach screws or bolts through the 11mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bolt goes through the post and the plate can be bolted on. Welding the plate is optional on steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881622741379,"sku":"SSHF-999235-01","price":22.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-long-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794014247"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-1","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 x 130mm Thread with 115 x 39mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A long M16 eye bolt with 130mm of thread goes right through a gate post up to about 100mm wide, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 190mm from the plate face to the bolt end, there is room for big box-section posts and still plenty of adjustment to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with 130mm thread: back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 46mm to the pin, 190mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt to the post wall, so it cannot twist or creep, and you set the gap by moving both nuts along the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 130mm of thread passes through 80mm, 100mm and thick-wall posts with thread to spare for adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 39mm back plate takes two M10 bolts or coach screws, or can be welded to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry side gates, garden gates and lighter driveway and yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and yard gates on large box-section posts, timber gates hung on steel posts, gates on thick-wall or concrete-filled posts, and replacing short-threaded hinges that will not reach through a new post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 130mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm from plate face to bolt end, 46mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M16 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 hinge, 115 x 39mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2\"\u003eM20 hinge, 115 x 39mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge, 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort thread on a back plate, lighter gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 bolt with a long thread and weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 hinge, 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Stand the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts along the thread until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check both nuts each spring. Cut off any long thread end that sticks out past the far nut if it is in a walkway, and cap or paint the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving enough thread for both nuts and some adjustment. For thinner posts there is simply more thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt the back plate to a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with two coach screws or bolts through the 11mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bolt goes through the post and the plate can be bolted on. Welding the plate is optional on steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103102443907,"sku":"SSHF-163075-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-long-thread-back-plate-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794057256"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 x 135mm Thread with 129 x 44mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe heavyweight adjustable gate hinge for big gates on big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick M24 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through a large gate post, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the 129 x 44mm oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 195mm from the plate face to the bolt end, it suits heavy driveway, yard and industrial gates on posts up to about 100mm, and still leaves thread to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 700kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge: back plate 129 x 44mm with two 13mm holes at 85mm centres, 50mm to the pin, 135mm thread, 195mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 700kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M24 bolt is the heaviest in our adjustable range, for wide driveway gates, solid-infill gates and industrial yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt, so it cannot creep or twist under a heavy leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on at the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 129 x 44mm back plate takes two M12 bolts, or welds to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the nuts along the thread to pull a heavy gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy driveway gates, industrial and commercial yard gates, farm and estate gates on large steel posts, security gates and solid-panel gates that catch the wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 135mm of thread, 44mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195mm from plate face to bolt end, 50mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 129 x 44mm, two 13mm holes at 85mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNuts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm across the flats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.21 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 hinge on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2\"\u003eM20 hinge on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 with a weld-on bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact M24 with a weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 on a 120 x 120mm plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge with 120 x 120mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, spaced as far apart as the gate allows. Drill a 26mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Support the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard. On gates this heavy, fit a gate stop and a drop bolt so the leaf cannot swing against the hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin twice a year on heavy, busy gates and check both nuts each spring. Cap or paint any cut thread end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the back plate 195mm long?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The back plate is 129 x 44mm. 195mm is the full reach from the plate face to the end of the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving room for both nuts and some adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill two of these carry a 700kg gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is their rating as a pair, on a firm post with the hinges well spaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock of this heavy size can run short, so for more than two call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881531056515,"sku":"SSHF-261379-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-long-thread-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794014683"},{"product_id":"adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-120x120mm","title":"Adjustable Wrap-Around Gate Hinge M24 on 120 x 120mm Bolt-On Plate, 35mm Pin, 700kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable wrap-around gate hinge that bolts to the post or wall.\u003c\/strong\u003e A square 120mm zinc plate, 6mm thick, fixes to a pier, post or wall with four bolts. A thick M24 threaded bar runs through it, locked by a nut each side, and ends in a block with a flat steel strap that wraps round a 35mm round hinge pin on the gate. Turn the nuts along the 80mm thread to bring the gate in or out and level it, and lift the gate off by undoing one clamp bolt. In the box: the back plate with M24 bar and nuts, the block, the strap, and the clamp bolt and nut. The price shown is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-120mm-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 wrap-around gate hinge: 150mm overall, 80mm thread, strap for a 35mm pin, 120mm square plate with 4 holes at 90mm centres\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 120mm, 6mm thick, 4 holes 11mm at 90mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThreaded bar and block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 bar with 80mm of adjustment thread and a nut each side of the plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat steel U strap sized for a 35mm round pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bolt and nut through the strap and block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe four post fixings and the 35mm hinge pin on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding at the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The plate bolts on, so it suits brick and stone piers, concrete posts, timber posts and walls as well as steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBigger plate, bigger bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 120mm plate and M24 bar are sized for a heavier gate than the M20 hinge on its 100mm plate: 700kg against 500kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two nuts on an 80mm thread let you move the gate in or out and level it, now or years later as the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWrap-around strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap clamps round a 35mm round pin and turns on it, a strong, simple pivot that lets the gate off easily when the clamp bolt is undone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway, yard and farm gates hung on brick, stone, concrete, oak or steel posts, and heavy gates being re-hung where an older hinge has worn out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 120mm, 6mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 11mm at 90mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150mm, strap to plate face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStrap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a 35mm round pin, 46mm outside, 65mm long, 40mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum gate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs this the right one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt to a post or wall, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld a nut to a steel post, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a post, 35mm pin, 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-wrap-around-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 wrap-around hinge with jointed plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA lighter gate, bolt-on plate, 30mm pin, 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-wrap-around-hinge-100-x-100mm\"\u003eM20 wrap-around hinge on 100mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA pin section to weld into a 40mm box stile for this strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/weld-in-gate-block-40mm-box\"\u003eWeld-in hinge pin block for 40mm box\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom, with a 35mm round hinge pin fixed to the gate at each height. Mark the plate holes on the post in a vertical line and fix each plate with four M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws to suit the post. Stand the gate on packers, wrap each strap round its pin and fit the clamp bolt. Set the nuts on the bar so the gate hangs level with an even gap, then tighten both nuts hard against the plate and remove the packers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin inside the strap once a year and check the nuts and fixings each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the hinge pin included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The strap wraps round a 35mm round pin fixed to the gate, which is bought separately or made up by your fabricator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need for the plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour M10 bolts, anchors or coach screws suited to your post or wall. The holes are 11mm at 90mm centres. Fixings are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 700kg rating for one hinge or the pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eTreat 700kg as the most the whole gate should weigh on its hinges, not the load per hinge. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery to your site and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881499271555,"sku":"SSHF-851203-01","price":46.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/wrap-around-gate-hinge-m24-120mm-plate-on-oak-gate-post.jpg?v=1794132096"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 x 135mm Thread with 115 x 39mm Back Plate, Through-Bolt, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge for thick posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e A long M20 eye bolt with 135mm of thread goes right through a gate post up to about 100mm wide, locked by a nut and washer on each side, while the oval back plate bolts or welds to the gate. With 190mm from the plate face to the bolt end, there is room for big box-section posts and still plenty of adjustment to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-long-thread-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with 135mm thread: back plate 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 46mm to the pin, 190mm overall\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThrough-bolted, locked both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nut and washer on each face of the post clamp the bolt to the post wall, so it cannot twist or creep, and you set the gap by moving both nuts along the thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits big posts.\u003c\/strong\u003e 135mm of thread passes through 80mm, 100mm and thick-wall posts with thread to spare for adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on or weld-on.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 39mm back plate takes two M10 bolts or coach screws, or can be welded to a steel gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick M20 bolt carries driveway gates, yard gates and solid-infill gates that catch the wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriveway and yard gates on large box-section posts, timber gates hung on steel posts, gates on thick-wall or concrete-filled posts, and replacing short-threaded hinges that will not reach through a new post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, two hex nuts, two washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 135mm of thread, 37mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm from plate face to bolt end, 46mm from plate face to pin centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 39 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm, right through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.78 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 hinge on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong thread, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge, 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort thread on a back plate, lighter gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge on 115 x 40mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a weld nut on a back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 hinge, nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 bolt with a long thread and weld-on plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 hinge, 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill a 22mm hole right through the post at each hinge height, in one vertical line. Run a nut and washer onto each bolt, pass it through the post and fit the second washer and nut on the far side. Stand the gate on packers, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and bolt or weld it on. Take the packers out, move the nuts along the thread until the gate hangs square, then tighten both nuts hard against the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin once a year and check both nuts each spring. Cut off any long thread end that sticks out past the far nut if it is in a walkway, and cap or paint the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow thick a post will it go through?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to about 100mm, leaving enough thread for both nuts and some adjustment. For thinner posts there is simply more thread to spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I bolt the back plate to a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with two coach screws or bolts through the 11mm holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to weld anything?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The bolt goes through the post and the plate can be bolted on. Welding the plate is optional on steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881390416259,"sku":"SSHF-047811-01","price":32.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-long-thread-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794016603"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-gate-pivot-24mm-diameter","title":"Cranked Gate Pivot, 23mm Shank, with Square Base Cup, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier cranked bottom pivot with its own base cup, for hanging steel gates on the ground instead of on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc-plated pivot is a 23mm round pin with a rounded nose, cranked at the top into a flat bar end that welds to the bottom of the gate's hanging stile. The nose turns in the cup of a solid 59mm square base block 20mm thick that you set in concrete or weld to a plate. The gate's weight goes into the ground, so the post only has to hold the top of the gate. Use with a top hinge. Rated for gates up to 500kg. The price is for one pivot and base, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-23mm-base-cup-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 23mm cranked gate pivot: 90mm high, 23mm shank, 36 x 12mm flat top, 59 x 59 x 20mm base block with 25mm cup\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this pivot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight goes to the ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate stands on the pivot, so heavy gates do not drag the post over and the top hinge only keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe crank clears the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The offset puts the pivot point in line with the top hinge while the flat end welds neatly to the side of the stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple and solid.\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid steel pin turning in a solid steel cup, with nothing to wear out but the grease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thicker pin, wider weld face and deeper cup for heavier driveway and yard gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden, pedestrian and driveway gates, gates on weak or masonry posts, and replacing worn bottom hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pivot with its base block, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm high; 23mm round shank, 40mm straight; 12mm rounded nose; flat top 36 x 12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 x 59 x 20mm with a 25mm cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.81 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bottom pivot?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg, 20mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-gate-pivot-20mm-diameter\"\u003e20mm cranked gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, 23mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bearing pivot on a bolt-down plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-diameter\"\u003e60mm rotating gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the base block in a small concrete pad under the hanging corner of the gate, cup upwards and level, directly below where the top hinge will be. Let it cure. Grease the cup, stand the pivot in it, prop the gate upright and weld the flat top to the bottom of the hanging stile. Fit the top hinge, check the swing and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cup greased and clear of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one pivot with its base block. The minimum order is 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a top hinge as well?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The pivot carries the weight; a top hinge keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. Turn it to suit either hand of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57881288212867,"sku":"SSHF-375491-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-23mm-base-cup-under-farm-gate.jpg?v=1794052047"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-gate-pivot-20mm-diameter","title":"Cranked Gate Pivot 20mm with Square Base Cup, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA cranked bottom pivot with its own base cup, for hanging steel gates on the ground instead of on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc-plated pivot is a 20mm round pin with a rounded nose, cranked at the top into a flat bar end that welds to the bottom of the gate's hanging stile. The nose turns in the cup of a solid 59mm square base block that you set in concrete or weld to a plate. The gate's weight goes into the ground, so the post only has to hold the top of the gate. Use with a top hinge. Rated for gates up to 400kg. The price is for one pivot and base, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-20mm-base-cup-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 20mm cranked gate pivot: 85mm high, 20mm shank, 28 x 11mm flat top, 59 x 59 x 19mm base block with 20mm cup\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this pivot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight goes to the ground.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate stands on the pivot, so heavy gates do not drag the post over and the top hinge only keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe crank clears the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The offset puts the pivot point in line with the top hinge while the flat end welds neatly to the side of the stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple and solid.\u003c\/strong\u003e A solid steel pin turning in a solid steel cup, with nothing to wear out but the grease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Suits driveway, garden and pedestrian gates on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden, pedestrian and driveway gates, gates on weak or masonry posts, and replacing worn bottom hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pivot with its base block, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePivot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85mm high; 20mm round shank, 45mm straight; 8mm rounded nose; flat top 28 x 11mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 x 59 x 19mm with a 20mm cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.59 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich bottom pivot?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg, 20mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, 23mm pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-gate-pivot-24mm-diameter\"\u003e23mm cranked gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bearing pivot on a bolt-down plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-diameter\"\u003e60mm rotating gate pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the base block in a small concrete pad under the hanging corner of the gate, cup upwards and level, directly below where the top hinge will be. Let it cure. Grease the cup, stand the pivot in it, prop the gate upright and weld the flat top to the bottom of the hanging stile. Fit the top hinge, check the swing and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the cup greased and clear of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one pivot with its base block. The minimum order is 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a top hinge as well?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The pivot carries the weight; a top hinge keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. Turn it to suit either hand of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57880293409155,"sku":"SSHF-572099-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/cranked-gate-pivot-20mm-base-cup-under-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794051872"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-top-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-1","title":"Top Rotating Gate Hinge, 60mm Sealed Bearing, Adjustable, to Weld","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy top rotating hinge for swing gates that turn on a bottom pivot.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thick zinc-plated steel arm welds to the top of the gate post and reaches over the gate. On it sits a 60mm housing with a sealed ball bearing and a 30mm pin underneath that welds to the top of the gate stile. The housing slides along a 25mm slot in the arm, so you can bring the gate exactly upright over its bottom pivot before locking it with the bolt underneath. It is rated by gate width: up to 1500kg on a 1m wide gate, 750kg at 2m and 375kg at 3m. The price is for one top hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/top-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-dimension-drawing.jpg?v=1794141214\u0026amp;width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the top rotating gate hinge: 140 x 59 x 12mm arm, 61mm bearing housing 20mm high, 30mm weld-on pin, 25mm adjustment slot\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSealed bearing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate turns on a sealed ball bearing, so heavy gates move smoothly and the bearing is protected from rain and grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet the gate upright.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 25mm slot lets you move the bearing to bring the gate truly vertical over the bottom pivot, then lock it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong arm.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 12mm thick, 59mm wide steel arm carries the top of the gate without flexing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with a bottom pivot.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bottom pivot takes the weight; this top hinge keeps the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much will it carry?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum gate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWider gates put more leverage on the hinge, so the safe weight falls as the gate gets wider. A gate is only as strong as its weakest part, so also check the bottom pivot and use the lower figure. The 60mm pivot on base plate is rated 500kg at 1m wide, 250kg at 2m and 125kg at 3m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway and estate gates, solid-clad and acoustic gates, industrial and yard gates, and any gate hung on a bottom pivot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne top hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm, bearing housing with pin, bolt, spring washer and washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140mm long, 59mm wide, 12mm thick, with a 25 x 14mm slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearing housing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61mm across, 20mm high, sealed ball bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm across, 10mm high, welds to the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 1500kg at 1m wide, 750kg at 2m, 375kg at 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the bottom pivot first. Stand the gate on it and prop it upright. Bolt the housing loosely to the arm, set the pin on the top of the gate stile and hold the arm against the top of the post. Slide the housing along the slot until the gate is plumb over the pivot, tack the arm to the post and the pin to the stile, check the swing, then weld out and tighten the bolt. Paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bearing is sealed. Check the bolt is tight and the welds are sound each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a bottom pivot?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This hinge holds the top of the gate; a bottom pivot such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-diameter\"\u003e60mm rotating gate pivot on base plate\u003c\/a\u003e carries the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either hand of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one top hinge. Most gates need one top hinge and one bottom pivot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57880109089155,"sku":"SSHF-637635-01","price":34.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/top-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794051577"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-diameter","title":"Rotating Gate Hinge Pivot 60mm on Bolt-Down Base Plate, Taper Roller Bearing, Greaseable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy rotating bottom pivot for swing gates, on a bolt-down base plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The zinc-plated base plate bolts to a concrete plinth, footing or steel frame. A 60mm round two-part housing sits on it with a taper roller bearing inside: the lower part is fixed to the plate and the upper cap, with its grease nipple, welds to the underside of the gate. The gate's weight runs down through the bearing instead of hanging on the post hinges, so heavy gates swing easily. Use with a top hinge or top pivot. The price is for one pivot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/rotating-gate-pivot-60mm-base-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the 60mm rotating gate pivot: base plate 134 x 75 x 5mm, holes at 105mm centres, 15mm base and 20mm cap, load by gate width\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this pivot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarries the weight on a bearing.\u003c\/strong\u003e A taper roller bearing takes the gate's weight and side load, so even a heavy leaf turns with a light push.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreaseable.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nipple on the cap lets you grease the bearing in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt down, adjust, fix.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two round holes and two slots in the base plate let you line the pivot up under the gate before you tighten the anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTakes load off the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e With the weight on the ground, the post and top hinge only have to hold the gate upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much will it carry?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum gate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWider gates put more leverage on the pivot, so the safe weight falls as the gate gets wider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway and estate gates, solid-panel and cladded gates, industrial and yard gates, and gates where the post cannot take the full weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm across; 15mm base and 20mm cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e134 x 75 x 5mm; two 11mm holes and two 11 x 21mm slots at 105mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaper roller bearing, grease nipple on the cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on a 1m gate (see table)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the pivot under the hanging corner of the gate, directly below the top hinge or top pivot so the two are in one vertical line. Mark and drill the anchor holes, fit the base plate on the slots, then stand the gate on the cap and check it swings true. Tighten the anchors, then weld the cap to the underside of the gate stile, keeping the heat short so the bearing is not cooked. Grease through the nipple once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease through the nipple every six months, and keep grit and leaves cleared from around the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a top hinge as well?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The pivot carries the weight; a top hinge holds the gate upright. The matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-top-rotating-gate-hinge-60mm-1\"\u003e60mm top rotating gate hinge\u003c\/a\u003e pairs with this pivot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat fixings do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour M10 anchor bolts or resin anchors into concrete, or M10 bolts into a steel frame. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works under either hand of gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878983573891,"sku":"SSHF-833091-01","price":42.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/rotating-gate-pivot-60mm-base-plate-under-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794051391"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 with Jointed Plates on Back Plate 115 x 40mm, Bolt-On, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge that bolts on as well as welds on.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated M16 eye bolt passes through a flat bar or angle post section up to about 20mm thick, and its eye is held by a pin in a short jointed-plate bracket that is already welded to an oval back plate. Screw or bolt the back plate to the gate through its two 11mm holes, or weld it, then wind the bolt in or out along its 40mm thread to line the gate up, even years after it is hung. Rated for gates up to 300kg. The price is for one complete hinge with nut and washer plate, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-back-plate-115x40-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge: back plate 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 42mm to the pin, 68mm eye to bolt end, 40mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo welding needed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back plate takes two bolts or coach screws, so you can hang a gate with a drill and spanners. Welders can still weld the plate on for a permanent fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates drop and posts lean. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back square, and lock it again. No cutting, no new holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 115 x 40mm plate spreads the pull over the gate stile instead of one weld, which suits thin-wall box section and timber stiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two per leaf hang garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel and aluminium garden and side gates, single driveway gates, field and yard gates and timber gates hung on flat bar or angle steel sections up to about 20mm thick, and replacing worn or seized hinges on existing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin, nut, round washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 40mm of thread, 68mm from eye centre to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate face to pin centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 50mm across, 4mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg per pair of hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.51 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo bolt or screw the hinge to the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bracket you weld straight to the gate, with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with weld-in nut and weld-on bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo weld onto the post face, not through it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo pass through a box section post, or more in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA heavier gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18, 400kg\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20, 500kg\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill an 18mm hole through the post section at each hinge height, with the two holes in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through, fit the washer plate and nut on the far face and nip them up. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and mark, drill and fix it through both holes with M10 bolts or coach screws (timber). Take the packers out, then wind the bolts in or out until the gate hangs square and swings clear, and tighten the nuts hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nut and washer plate take up 18mm of the 40mm thread, so this hinge suits post sections up to about 20mm thick, such as flat bar or angle, where you can reach the far face. It will not pass through both walls of a box section post; for that, choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-x-135mm\"\u003eM16 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of grease on the pin once a year keeps the swing quiet. Check the nuts every spring. If you weld the plate, grind off the zinc at the weld first, work with good ventilation and paint the weld with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, which hangs three gate leaves. Most single gates need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin. Here they are welded to a back plate so the hinge can be bolted on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit a timber gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Coach screw the back plate to the timber stile. The bolt still needs a steel section up to about 20mm thick to pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow far can it adjust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 40mm of thread and the nut and washer plate take up 18mm of it, so the adjustment left depends on the post section. Through 10mm flat bar, that leaves about 12mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it go through a box section post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot through both walls. With 40mm of thread it is for sections up to about 20mm thick. For a box post, choose the M16 hinge with the 135mm thread linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side of the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878840639875,"sku":"SSHF-864707-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-back-plate-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794013147"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M16 with Weld Nut and 115 x 40mm Back Plate, 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat adjustable gate hinge that bolts to the gate and welds to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flanged nut welds to the face of a steel gate post, the M16 eye bolt screws into it, and the eye is pinned in a jointed-plate bracket already welded to an oval 115 x 40mm back plate. Bolt or coach screw the back plate to the gate through its two 11mm holes, or weld it, then turn the bolt in the nut to set the gap and level the gate, even years later. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-weld-nut-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M16 adjustable gate hinge with weld nut and back plate: plate 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 42mm to the pin, 68mm eye to bolt end, 40mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hole through the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The nut welds to the post face, so there is no drilling right through, no thread sticking out the far side, and nothing to snag on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on at the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back plate takes two bolts or coach screws, so the gate can come off for painting or repair without cutting welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to pull a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 300kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry garden gates, side gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, timber gates on steel posts, single driveway gates, bin store and plant room gates, and replacing worn hinges where the post must not be drilled through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16, 40mm of thread, 68mm from eye centre to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate face to pin centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld nut on the post, back plate on the gate, M16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, heavier gates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-3\"\u003eM18 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, heavier gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt right through the post instead of a weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 on back plate, through-bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBracket that welds straight to the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with weld-in nut and weld-on bracket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA large plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 hinge with 80 x 80mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw each bolt into its nut and pin the bolt eyes into the brackets. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and fix it through both holes with M10 bolts or coach screws. Swing the assembly so each nut's flange sits flat on the post face, check the two nuts are in a vertical line, then tack and weld round each flange. Grind off the zinc at the weld first and weld with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of grease on the pin and the thread once a year keeps the gate quiet and the bolt free to adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"nut on back plate\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hinge has a back plate for the gate and a flanged nut for the post. The bolt screws into the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe back plate can be bolted, but the nut must be welded to the post. For no welding at all, choose a through-bolt hinge on a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment is there?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 40mm of thread, so about 20mm of movement once enough thread is in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878792438147,"sku":"SSHF-995779-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-weld-nut-back-plate-on-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794014435"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with Weld-On Jointed Plates, Bolt-Through, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge for medium to heavy steel gates: an M18 eye bolt that fixes through the gate post, and a U-shaped jointed-plate bracket that you weld to the gate frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin with a socket cap joins the two, so the gate swings on the bolt's eye. Wind the bolt in or out along its 42mm thread to set the gap and line the gate up, even after it is hung. Bright zinc plated, with the hex nut and a 50mm round washer plate, and rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-jointed-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with weld-on jointed plates: 42mm thread, bracket 36mm deep, 36mm wide, 30mm high, 50mm washer plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates drop and posts move. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back into line, and lock it again. No cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe step up from M16.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thicker M18 bolt carries gates up to 400kg on a pair, for wider driveway gates and heavier side gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on bracket, not a loose strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed-plate bracket wraps round the bolt's eye and welds flat to box-section or flat-bar gate frames for a neat, strong fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 50mm two-piece washer plate sits flat on the far face of the post under the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway gates, side and garden gates, yard and compound gates on steel posts, and replacing worn or fixed hinges on existing metal gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, hex nut, 50mm washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 42mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped, 36mm deep, 36mm wide, 30mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 50mm across, 4mm thick, two jointed halves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNut and plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm deep on the thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright zinc plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge, jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 that welds onto the post face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-3\"\u003eM18 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 on a 90 x 90mm plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge with 90 x 90mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-x-135mm\"\u003eM18 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill a 20mm hole through the side of the gate post at each hinge height, two per leaf, in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through and fit the washer plate and nut on the far side. Fit each bracket over its bolt eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the brackets to the gate frame. Grind off the zinc at the weld first, weld with good ventilation, and keep heat away from the pin. To adjust, loosen the nut, turn the bolt and re-tighten. Paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year for a smooth, quiet swing, and check the nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with bolt, bracket, nut, plate and pin. The minimum order is 6. A single gate leaf normally needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 400kg on a pair of hinges. Space them well apart and fit a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole does the bolt need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt is M18, so drill a 20mm hole through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the U bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be adjusted later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out, then tighten the nut again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878750364035,"sku":"SSHF-552835-01","price":12.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-jointed-plates-on-side-gate.jpg?v=1794014052"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m24","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M24 with Weld-On Jointed Plates, 700kg, Zinc Plated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavy adjustable gate hinge for big steel gates up to 700kg: an M24 eye bolt that fixes through the gate post, and a U-shaped jointed-plate bracket that you weld to the gate frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 10mm pin with a socket cap joins the two, so the gate swings on the bolt's eye. Wind the bolt in or out along its 50mm thread to set the gap and line the gate up, even after it is hung. Bright zinc plated, with a hex nut and a 56mm round washer plate. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M24 adjustable gate hinge with weld-on jointed plates: 50mm thread, bracket 45mm deep, 50mm wide, 35mm high, 56mm washer plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy gates drop and posts move. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back into line, and lock it again. No cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for the heaviest gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick M24 bolt carries gates up to 700kg on a pair: wide driveway gates, industrial and compound gates and solid-infill security gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on bracket, not a loose strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed-plate bracket wraps round the bolt's eye and welds flat to box-section gate frames for a neat, strong fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 56mm, 5mm thick two-piece washer plate sits flat on the far face of the post under the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy steel driveway gates, industrial yard and compound gates, farm gates on steel posts, and upgrading worn or undersized hinges on existing heavy metal gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, hex nut, 56mm washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24, 50mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped, 45mm deep, 50mm wide over the pin, 35mm high, 10mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 56mm across, 5mm thick, two jointed halves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34mm across, 25mm deep on the thread with the plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright zinc plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.82 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M24 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 on a bolt-on back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-195x44mm\"\u003eM24 hinge on 129 x 44mm back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM24 set into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-x-135mm\"\u003eM24 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill a 26mm hole through the side of the gate post at each hinge height, two per leaf, in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through and fit the washer plate and nut on the far side. Fit each bracket over its bolt eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the brackets to the gate frame. Grind off the zinc at the weld first, weld with good ventilation, and keep heat away from the pin. To adjust, loosen the nut, turn the bolt and re-tighten. Paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year for a smooth, quiet swing, and check the nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with bolt, bracket, nut, plate and pin. A single gate leaf normally needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 700kg on a pair of hinges. Space them well apart, use a strong post and fit a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole does the bolt need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt is M24, so drill a 26mm hole through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the U bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be adjusted later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out, then tighten the nut again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878664905091,"sku":"SSHF-716675-01","price":22.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-jointed-plates-on-compound-gate.jpg?v=1794018429"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with Weld-On Jointed Plates, Bolt-Through, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable gate hinge for heavy steel gates: an M20 eye bolt that fixes through the gate post, and a U-shaped jointed-plate bracket that you weld to the gate frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pin with a socket cap joins the two, so the gate swings on the bolt's eye. Wind the bolt in or out along its 44mm thread to set the gap and line the gate up, even after it is hung. Bright zinc plated, with the hex nut and a 50mm round washer plate, and rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plates-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with weld-on jointed plates: 44mm thread, bracket 40mm deep, 42mm wide, 30mm high, 50mm washer plate\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates drop and posts move. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out to bring the gate back into line, and lock it again. No cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thick M20 bolt carries gates up to 500kg on a pair: wide driveway gates, yard gates and solid-infill gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeld-on bracket, not a loose strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The jointed-plate bracket wraps round the bolt's eye and welds flat to box-section or flat-bar gate frames for a neat, strong fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpreads the load on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 50mm two-piece washer plate sits flat on the far face of the post under the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway gates, side and garden gates, yard and compound gates on steel posts, and replacing worn or fixed hinges on existing metal gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, hex nut, 50mm washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 44mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped, 40mm deep, 42mm wide over the pin, 30mm high, 10mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, 50mm across, 4mm thick, two jointed halves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNut and plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm deep on the thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole in the post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBright zinc plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-2\"\u003eM16 hinge, jointed plates on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, bolt through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a nut you weld to the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 set into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill a 22mm hole through the side of the gate post at each hinge height, two per leaf, in a vertical line. Pass each bolt through and fit the washer plate and nut on the far side. Fit each bracket over its bolt eye with the pin, stand the gate on packers in position and weld the brackets to the gate frame. Grind off the zinc at the weld first, weld with good ventilation, and keep heat away from the pin. To adjust, loosen the nut, turn the bolt and re-tighten. Paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year for a smooth, quiet swing, and check the nuts each spring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge with bolt, bracket, nut, plate and pin. The minimum order is 6. A single gate leaf normally needs two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy a gate can it carry?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 500kg on a pair of hinges. Space them well apart and fit a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size hole does the bolt need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt is M20, so drill a 22mm hole through the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"jointed plates\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two flat plates of the U bracket that sit above and below the bolt eye, joined by the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be adjusted later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosen the nut, wind the bolt in or out, then tighten the nut again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878639346051,"sku":"SSHF-847747-01","price":13.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-jointed-plates-on-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794016788"},{"product_id":"adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-pin","title":"Adjustable Weld-On Gate Hinge with M12 Bolt Pin, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA heavier adjustable weld-on gate hinge for steel pedestrian, garden and driveway gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two zinc-plated steel U brackets nest one inside the other and turn on an M12 bolt running through a steel sleeve. Weld one bracket to the post and the other to the gate. Serrated slots let you slide the gate in or out by up to 10mm to set the gap before you tighten the bolt, and the nylon locking nut keeps it there. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the adjustable weld-on gate hinge with M12 bolt pin: 95mm over the bolt, 65mm and 48mm brackets, 35mm deep, 52 to 62mm across\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable gap.\u003c\/strong\u003e Serrated slots give 10mm of in-and-out adjustment, so you can set the gate square to the post before tightening, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTaller brackets, thicker pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e 65mm tall brackets and an M12 bolt pin spread the load for heavier gates while staying only 35mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M12 bolt and sleeve form the pin, so a worn hinge can be renewed by changing the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocks tight.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nylon insert locking nut stops the bolt working loose as the gate swings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway and garden gates, pedestrian and railings gates, car park and service gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo U brackets, steel sleeve, M12 bolt, two washers and a nylon locking nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95mm high over the bolt; brackets 65mm and 48mm high; 35mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth across\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52mm to 62mm, set in the serrated slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12 bolt through a steel sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M10 pin, gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge\"\u003eAdjustable weld-on hinge, M10 pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M12 pin, gates to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore adjustment with an eye bolt and weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 adjustable gate hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge loosely and set it to the gap you want in the slots. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with one bracket against the post and the other against the gate stile, and check the bolts are in one vertical line. Grind off the zinc where you weld, tack, check the swing, then weld out. Tighten the bolts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the sleeve once a year and check the locking nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust it after welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, by up to 10mm. Loosen the bolt, slide the gate in or out along the serrated slots and tighten again. For more adjustment choose an eye bolt hinge with a weld nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878611689859,"sku":"SSHF-946051-01","price":17.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-welded-car-park-gate.jpg?v=1794051163"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with Anchor Tube to Set in Concrete, Stone or Brick, 500kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe adjustable gate hinge you set into concrete, stone or brick.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated anchor tube with a flattened fish-tail end is set in resin or mortar in the side of the pier, the M20 eye bolt screws into its threaded open end, and the small U bracket on the eye welds to a steel gate. Once cured it cannot pull out, and you can still turn the bolt to set the gap and level the gate after hanging. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-concrete-anchor-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with anchor tube: 100mm tube widening to 40mm, 43mm thread, U bracket 40mm deep, 30mm high, 42mm wide\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt into the pier.\u003c\/strong\u003e The fish-tail anchor locks into the cured resin or mortar, so it holds far better than a surface plate on soft or old masonry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlmost invisible.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only the bolt and a small round tube end show on the pier face. No plates or anchor heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the tube to line the gate up, and again years later if it drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGates hung on concrete pillars, stone or brick gate piers, rendered walls and cast concrete posts, and replacing old hooks leaded into stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnchor tube, M20 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnchor tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm long, fish-tail end 40mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 43mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm deep, 30mm high, 42mm wide over the pin, 10mm pin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.53 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into a pier, gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet into a pier, gates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-2\"\u003eM24 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFix to a pier with anchors instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-1\"\u003eM16 with 80 x 80mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24\"\u003eM24 with 120 x 120mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 bolt through a steel post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 with a nut you weld to a steel post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with weld nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Drill or core a hole in the side of the pier at each hinge height, about 110mm deep and wide enough to take the 40mm fish-tail end, with the two holes in a vertical line. Blow the holes clean, fill with resin or a strong mortar and push the tubes in until the open ends are flush with the face. Let it cure fully. Screw in the eye bolts, pin the U brackets onto the eyes, stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile, grinding off the zinc first. Take the packers out and turn the bolts until the gate hangs level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and thread once a year. Do not hang the gate until the resin or mortar has fully cured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. Most gate leaves need two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat do I set it in?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eChemical anchor resin is best. A strong sand and cement mortar also works in larger holes. Follow the resin maker's cure time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a steel post?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for concrete and masonry. For steel posts choose a through-bolt or weld-nut hinge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust it once the tube is set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bolt still turns in the tube, so you can move the gate in or out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878585835907,"sku":"SSHF-044355-01","price":20.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-set-in-concrete-pillar.jpg?v=1794015112"},{"product_id":"adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge","title":"Adjustable Weld-On Gate Hinge with M10 Bolt Pin, Zinc Plated, for Gates to 300kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable weld-on gate hinge for steel pedestrian, garden and side gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two zinc-plated steel U brackets nest one inside the other and turn on an M10 bolt running through a steel sleeve. Weld one bracket to the post and the other to the gate. Serrated slots let you slide the gate in or out by up to 10mm to set the gap before you tighten the bolt, and the nylon locking nut keeps it there. Rated for gates up to 300kg on two hinges. The price is for one hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m10-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the adjustable weld-on gate hinge with M10 bolt pin: 70mm over the bolt, 42mm and 29mm brackets, 35mm deep, 54 to 64mm across\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable gap.\u003c\/strong\u003e Serrated slots give 10mm of in-and-out adjustment, so you can set the gate square to the post before tightening, with no packing pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow profile.\u003c\/strong\u003e Only 35mm deep, it tucks into the gap between gate and post and suits slim box-section gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable pin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The M10 bolt and sleeve form the pin, so a worn hinge can be renewed by changing the bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocks tight.\u003c\/strong\u003e A nylon insert locking nut stops the bolt working loose as the gate swings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel pedestrian, garden and side gates, railings gates, bin store and service gates, and small driveway gates on steel posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo U brackets, steel sleeve, M10 bolt, two washers and a nylon locking nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70mm high over the bolt; brackets 42mm and 29mm high; 35mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth across\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54mm to 64mm, set in the serrated slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM10 bolt through a steel sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 300kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M10 pin, gates to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld-on, M12 pin, gates to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m12-pin\"\u003eAdjustable weld-on hinge, M12 pin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore adjustment with an eye bolt and weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 adjustable gate hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Assemble each hinge loosely and set it to the gap you want in the slots. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each hinge with one bracket against the post and the other against the gate stile, and check the bolts are in one vertical line. Grind off the zinc where you weld, tack, check the swing, then weld out. Tighten the bolts and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the sleeve once a year and check the locking nuts are tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust it after welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, by up to 10mm. Loosen the bolt, slide the gate in or out along the serrated slots and tighten again. For more adjustment choose an eye bolt hinge with a weld nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878498705795,"sku":"SSHF-601411-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-weld-on-gate-hinge-m10-welded-side-gate.jpg?v=1794051004"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M20 with Weld-In Nut, Compact, 500kg, Zinc Plated","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact adjustable gate hinge for heavy steel gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated M20 eye bolt screws into a flanged nut that you weld to the gate post, and its eye is pinned inside a small U bracket that you weld to the gate. Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to set the gap and bring the gate back square, now or years later. Rated for gates up to 500kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-weld-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M20 adjustable gate hinge with weld-in nut: 44mm thread, U bracket 40mm deep and 30mm high, nut with 35mm flange, 21mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and strong.\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole hinge sits in the gap between gate and post, with a thick M20 bolt doing the work. Neat on modern box-section gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates sag and posts lean over time. Wind the bolt in or out of the nut to pull the gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 500kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry driveway gates, yard gates and heavy pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt, bracket, pin with socket cap and the flanged weld nut, all zinc plated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel driveway gates, industrial and yard gates, heavy pedestrian gates, railings gates and replacing worn hinges on existing steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and socket cap, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20, 44mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm deep, 30mm high, 42mm wide over the pin heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm flange, 21mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 500kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M20 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 bolt through the post with a washer plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20\"\u003eM20 hinge with jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20 nut on a weld-on back plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 hinge with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore in-and-out adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-x-135mm\"\u003eM20 hinge with 135mm thread\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Grind off the zinc where you will weld, and weld with good ventilation. Weld each flanged nut to the side of the post, flange flat to the post face, with the two nuts in one vertical line. Screw the bolts in, fit each U bracket on its eye with the pin, then stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile. Keep heat away from the pin and thread. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, then paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and the thread once a year. Check the gate still hangs level each spring and give the bolt a turn if it has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The nut welds to the post and the bracket welds to the gate. For a bolt-on fixing choose a hinge with a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment does it give?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 44mm of thread, so the gate can move in or out by roughly 20 to 25mm once enough thread is engaged in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 500kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 500kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavy gates also need a firm post and a stop or wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. Stock of this size can run short, so for larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878448865667,"sku":"SSHF-699715-01","price":12.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-weld-nut-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794013842"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-2","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with Weld-In Nut and U Bracket, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA compact, stronger adjustable gate hinge for steel side, pedestrian and driveway gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e A zinc-plated M18 eye bolt screws into a flanged nut that you weld to the gate post, and its eye is pinned inside a small U bracket that you weld to the gate. Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to set the gap and bring the gate back square, now or years later. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with weld-in nut: 41mm thread, U bracket 35mm deep and 36mm high, nut with 35mm flange, 20mm long\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and strong.\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole hinge sits in the gap between gate and post, with a solid M18 bolt doing the work. A step up from the M16 for heavier box-section gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gates sag and posts lean over time. Wind the bolt in or out of the nut to pull the gate back level, with no cutting or re-welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two hinges carry side gates, pedestrian gates and single driveway gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt, bracket, pin and screw and the flanged weld nut, all zinc plated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, pedestrian and railings gates, small driveway gates, bin store and service gates, and replacing worn hinges on existing steel gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 eye bolt, U bracket, pin and screw, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 41mm of thread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eU bracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm deep, 36mm high, 30mm eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighter gates, up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m16-4\"\u003eM16 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 400kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis M18 hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 500kg, compact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-1\"\u003eM20 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates up to 700kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m24-1\"\u003eM24 hinge with nut\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18 on a bolt-on 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge with fixing plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing into concrete or brick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-2\"\u003eM20 hinge for concrete\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Grind off the zinc where you will weld, and weld with good ventilation. Weld each flanged nut to the side of the post, flange flat to the post face, with the two nuts in one vertical line. Screw the bolts in, fit each U bracket on its eye with the pin, then stand the gate on packers and weld the brackets to the gate stile. Keep heat away from the pin and thread. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, then paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrease the pin and the thread once a year. Check the gate still hangs level each spring and give the bolt a turn if it has dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The nut welds to the post and the bracket welds to the gate. For a bolt-on fixing choose a hinge with a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment does it give?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 41mm of thread, so the gate can move in or out by roughly 20mm once enough thread is engaged in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it carry a 400kg gate on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The 400kg rating is for a gate hung on a pair of hinges. Heavier gates need the M20 or M24 size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57103112044931,"sku":"SSHF-929091-01","price":11.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-on-side-gate.jpg?v=1794057314"},{"product_id":"adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-3","title":"Adjustable Gate Hinge M18 with Weld Nut and 115 x 40mm Back Plate, 400kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat adjustable gate hinge that bolts to the gate and welds to the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The flanged nut welds to the face of a steel gate post, the M18 eye bolt screws into it, and the eye is pinned in a jointed-plate bracket already welded to an oval 115 x 40mm back plate. Bolt or coach screw the back plate to the gate through its two 11mm holes, or weld it, then turn the bolt in the nut to set the gap and level the gate, even years later. Rated for gates up to 400kg on two hinges. The price is for one complete hinge, minimum order 6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cfigure style=\"margin:16px 0\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-back-plate-dimension-drawing.jpg?width=1200\" alt=\"Dimension drawing of the M18 adjustable gate hinge with weld nut and back plate: plate 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres, 40mm to the pin, 71mm eye to bolt end, 42mm thread\" width=\"1200\" height=\"1200\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"display:block;width:100%;max-width:760px;height:auto;margin:0 auto\"\u003e\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this hinge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo hole through the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The nut welds to the post face, so there is no drilling right through, no thread sticking out the far side, and nothing to snag on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on at the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back plate takes two bolts or coach screws, so the gate can come off for painting or repair without cutting welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust after hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the bolt in or out of the nut to pull a dropped gate back level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 400kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e The thicker M18 bolt carries wider driveway gates and heavier side gates than the M16.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel garden and side gates, timber gates on steel posts, single driveway gates, bin store and plant room gates, and replacing worn hinges where the post must not be drilled through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne hinge, minimum order 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye bolt, bracket on back plate, pin and screw, flanged weld nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18, 42mm of thread, 71mm from eye centre to bolt end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOval, 115 x 40 x 5mm, two 11mm holes at 73mm centres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate face to pin centre\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeld nut\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35mm flange, 20mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 400kg on two hinges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, bright zinc plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich hinge do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, lighter gates up to 300kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m16\"\u003eM16 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld nut on the post, back plate on the gate, M18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same, heavier gates up to 500kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m20-3\"\u003eM20 with nut on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong M18 bolt right through the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge\"\u003eM18 x 140mm thread on back plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBracket that welds straight to the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge, jointed plates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA square plate for brick or concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18\"\u003eM18 hinge with 90 x 90mm plate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse two hinges per gate leaf, one near the top and one near the bottom. Screw each bolt into its nut and pin the bolt eyes into the brackets. Stand the gate on packers in the opening, hold each back plate flat on the side of the gate stile and fix it through both holes with M10 bolts or coach screws. Swing the assembly so each nut's flange sits flat on the post face, check the two nuts are in a vertical line, then tack and weld round each flange. Grind off the zinc at the weld first and weld with good ventilation. Take the packers out, turn the bolts until the gate hangs level, and paint the welds with zinc-rich primer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drop of grease on the pin and the thread once a year keeps the gate quiet and the bolt free to adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one hinge?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one complete hinge. The minimum order is 6, enough for three gate leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"nut on back plate\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hinge has a back plate for the gate and a flanged nut for the post. The bolt screws into the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit it without welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe back plate can be bolted, but the nut must be welded to the post. For no welding at all, choose a through-bolt hinge on a back plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much adjustment is there?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bolt has 42mm of thread, so about 20mm of movement once enough thread is in the nut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it left or right handed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither. It works on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For gate kits or larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57878401745283,"sku":"SSHF-027395-01","price":19.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/adjustable-gate-hinge-m18-weld-nut-back-plate-on-driveway-gate.jpg?v=1794015568"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/iron-hardware-gate-hinges.oembed","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}